Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

KEURIG DR PEPPER INC.

 

and

 

THE HOLDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

 

Dated as of July 9, 2018

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.
    	
Definitions and   Interpretation
    	
2
    
	
2.
    	
Demand Registration
    	
9
    
	
3.
    	
Shelf Registration
    	
12
    
	
4.
    	
Piggyback Registration
    	
16
    
	
5.
    	
Standstill; Lock-up   Agreements
    	
18
    
	
6.
    	
Other Registration   Rights
    	
19
    
	
7.
    	
Registration Procedures
    	
19
    
	
8.
    	
Indemnification by the   Company
    	
23
    
	
9.
    	
Indemnification by   Participating Shareholders
    	
24
    
	
10.
    	
Conduct of   Indemnification Proceedings
    	
24
    
	
11.
    	
Survival
    	
25
    
	
12.
    	
Contribution
    	
25
    
	
13.
    	
Participation in Public   Offering
    	
26
    
	
14.
    	
Compliance with   Rule 144 and Rule 144A
    	
26
    
	
15.
    	
Selling Expenses
    	
27
    
	
16.
    	
Prohibition on   Requests; Holders’ Obligations
    	
27
    
	
17.
    	
Corporate Governance
    	
27
    
	
18.
    	
Information Rights
    	
29
    
	
19.
    	
Miscellaneous
    	
31
    

 

 

This INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 9, 2018, by and among Keurig Dr Pepper Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons listed on Schedule A hereto (such persons, in their capacity as holders of Registrable Securities, including any permitted transferees hereunder, the “Holders” and each a “Holder” and, the Holders together with the Company, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Maple Parent Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Maple Parent”), the Company and Salt Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Sea Salt (“Merger Sub”), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 29, 2018 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, on the date of the Closing, subject to certain terms and conditions, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Maple Parent, with Maple Parent surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Holders will have the right to receive shares of Common Stock representing the Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Merger Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Holders in order to provide the Holders the investor rights described herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions and Interpretation.

 

(a)                                 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, each of the following capitalized terms has the meaning specified in this Section 1(a).

 

“Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person; provided, that no shareholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other shareholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company; provided, further, that “Affiliate” shall not include the portfolio companies of any of the Holders or any Affiliate of such portfolio companies (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

 

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

2

 

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized by Law to close.

 

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any share split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, amalgamation, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, exchange or other similar reorganization.

 

“Company Securities” means (i) the Common Stock and any other stock or other equity interests or equity-linked interests of the Company or any Subsidiary and (ii) Equity Rights that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable exchangeable for Common Stock or other stock or other equity of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

“Company Shares” means the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controls” and “Controlled” each has a correlative meaning.

 

“Derivative Instrument” means any and all derivative securities (as defined under Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act) that increases or decreases in value as the value of any Company Securities increases or decreases, as the case may be, including a long convertible security, a long call option and a short put option position, in each case, regardless of whether (a) such derivative security conveys any voting rights in any Company Security, (b) such derivative security is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of any Company Security or (c) other transactions hedge the value of such derivative security.

 

“Equity Right” means, with respect to any Person, any security (including any debt security or hybrid debt-equity security) or obligation convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, or any options, calls, warrants, restricted shares, restricted share units, deferred share awards, share units, “phantom” awards, dividend equivalents, participations, interests, rights or commitments relating to, or any share appreciation right or other instrument the value of which is determined in whole or in part by reference to the market price or value of, shares of capital stock or earnings of such Person.

 

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., and any successor regulator performing comparable functions.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

3

 

“Governmental Entity” means any foreign, United States federal or state, regional or local legislative, executive or judicial body or agency, any court of competent jurisdiction, any department, commission, political subdivision or other governmental entity or instrumentality, or any arbitral authority, in each case, whether domestic or foreign.

 

“Group Member” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Affiliate of the specified Person that is, directly or indirectly, Controlled by the specified Person and includes any Person with respect to which the specified Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary.

 

“JAB” means Maple Holdings B.V.

 

“Judgments” means any judgments, injunctions, orders, stays, decrees, writs, rulings, or awards of any court or other judicial authority or any other Governmental Entity.

 

“Law” means all laws (including common law), statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, decrees or legally-binding guidance of any Governmental Entity, or Judgments.

 

“MDLZ” means Mondelēz International Holdings LLC.

 

“Material Adverse Change” means (i) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States (other than ordinary course limitations on hours or number of days of trading); (ii) a material outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or a material adverse change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions; or (iii) any event, change, circumstance or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

“Merger Consideration” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

“Mondelēz International” means Mondelēz International, Inc.

 

“Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire” means a written notice, agreement and questionnaire substantially in the form of Annex A hereto.

 

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

“Participating Shareholder” means, with respect to any registration, any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or any other entity.

 

4

 

“Public Offering” means any public offering and sale of equity securities of the Company or its successor for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

 

“Qualified Shareholder” means any Holder that, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns at least 3% of the Company Shares.

 

“Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Company Shares and any securities issued or issuable in respect of such Company Shares or by way of conversion, amalgamation, exchange, share dividend, split or combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other reorganization or otherwise until the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement covering such Company Shares has been declared effective by the SEC and such Shares have been sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Company Shares are otherwise transferred (other than by a Qualified Shareholder to an Affiliate thereof), the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Company Shares not bearing any restricted legend and such Company Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act, (iii) such Company Shares are repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or cease to be outstanding or (iv) such Company Shares may be resold pursuant to Rule 144, without regard to volume or manner of sale limitations, whether or not any such sale has occurred, unless such Registrable Securities are held by a Qualified Shareholder.

 

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any Registration Statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any required audits of the financial statements of the Company or any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 7(l)), (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) counsel for all Holders participating in the offering, selected by the Holders holding the majority of the Registrable Securities to be sold for the account of all Holders in the offering and reasonable fees and expenses of each additional counsel retained by any Holder for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such Holder in connection with any underwritten Public Offering, (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (x) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and

 

5

 

expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xi) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, provided that the Company shall not be responsible for any plane chartering fees, (xii) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies and (xiii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or its appropriate officers in connection with their compliance with Section 7(r). For the avoidance of doubt, “Registration Expenses” shall include expenses of the type described in clauses (i) - (xiii) to the extent incurred in connection with the “take down” of Company Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement previously declared effective. Except as set forth in clause (viii) above, Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of any Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or any Selling Expenses.

 

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant hereto filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related prospectus, pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

“Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any of such Person’s partners, stockholders, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, trustees, equity financing partners, investment advisors or representatives, Affiliates and investment vehicles managed or advised by such Person, (ii) the partners, stockholders, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, trustees, equity financing partners, investment advisors or representatives of such Persons listed in clause (i), and (iii) any other Person acting on behalf of such Person with respect to the Company and any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 415” means Rule 415 (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

 

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency performing comparable functions.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock or share transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any holder of Registrable Securities, except for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of Registrable Securities set forth in clause (viii) of the definition of Registration Expenses.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on either (i) Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the

 

6

 

Securities Act) or a prospectus supplement to an existing Form S-3, or (ii) if the Company is not permitted to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, an evergreen Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act), in each case for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering all of the Registrable Securities, as applicable, and which may also cover any other securities of the Company.

 

“Standstill Period” means the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the first Business Day following the date that is the six (6) month anniversary of the date of the Closing.

 

“Subsidiary” means, as to a Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or controlled by such Person.

 

“Underwritten Offering” means a registration in which Company Securities are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis.

 

“Voting Securities” means the Company Shares and any other securities of the Company entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Other Definitions. In addition to the defined terms set forth in Section 1(a), as used in this Agreement, each of the following capitalized terms has the meaning specified in the Section set forth opposite such term below.

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Section
    
	
Agreement
    	
 
    	
Preamble
    
	
Company
    	
 
    	
Preamble
    
	
Company Group
    	
 
    	
18(a)
    
	
Company’s Auditors
    	
 
    	
18(a)
    
	
Damages
    	
 
    	
8(a)
    
	
Demand Notice
    	
 
    	
2(a)(i)
    
	
Demand Period
    	
 
    	
2(e)
    
	
Demand Registration
    	
 
    	
2(a)(i)
    
	
Demand Suspension
    	
 
    	
2(h)
    
	
Director
    	
 
    	
17(a)
    
	
Holder
    	
 
    	
Preamble
    
	
Holder Information
    	
 
    	
16(b)
    
	
Indemnified Party
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Indemnifying Party
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Inspectors
    	
 
    	
7(k)
    

 

7

 

	
Long-Form Registration
    	
 
    	
2(a)(i)
    
	
Maple Parent
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
Maximum Offering Size
    	
 
    	
2(g)
    
	
MDLZ Designee
    	
 
    	
17(a)
    
	
Merger
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
Merger Agreement
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
Merger Sub
    	
 
    	
Recitals
    
	
Mondelēz Public Filings
    	
 
    	
18(a)
    
	
Parties
    	
 
    	
Preamble
    
	
Piggyback Registration
    	
 
    	
4(a)
    
	
Records
    	
 
    	
7(k)
    
	
Requesting Shareholder
    	
 
    	
2(a)(i)
    
	
Shelf Offering Request
    	
 
    	
3(a)
    
	
Shelf Period
    	
 
    	
3(b)
    
	
Shelf Suspension
    	
 
    	
3(d)
    
	
Short-Form Registration
    	
 
    	
2(a)(i)
    
	
Underwritten Shelf Takedown
    	
 
    	
3(e)(i)
    
	
Underwritten Shelf Takedown Notice
    	
 
    	
3(e)(i)
    
	
Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request
    	
 
    	
3(e)(i)
    

 

(d)                                 Interpretation.

 

(i)                                     When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, (A) the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded and (B) if the last day of such period is a not a Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(ii)                                  When a reference is made herein to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                               Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used herein, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(iv)                              The words “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used herein shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(v)                                 The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”

 

8

 

(vi)                              Any law or regulation defined or referred to herein means such law or regulation as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, unless otherwise specifically indicated.

 

(vii)                           References to a person are also to its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(viii)                        The Annexes to this Agreement are incorporated and made a part hereof and are an integral part of this Agreement. Any capitalized term used in any Annex but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning given to such term herein.

 

2.                                      Demand Registration.

 

(a)                                 Demand by Holders.

 

(i)                                     If, at any time beginning 90 days prior to the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Company does not otherwise have an effective registration statement on Form S-3 covering a Holder’s Registrable Securities on file with the SEC and the Company shall have received a request, subject to Section 16, from any Qualified Shareholder (the “Requesting Shareholder”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Requesting Shareholder’s Registrable Securities (x) on Form S-1 or any similar long-form Registration Statement (a “Long-Form Registration”) or (y) on Form S-3 or any similar short-form Registration Statement, which shall include a prospectus supplement to an existing Form S-3 (a “Short-Form Registration”) if the Company qualifies to use such short form Registration Statement (any such requested Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, a “Demand Registration”), and specifying the kind and aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration, give notice of such request (a “Demand Notice”) to the other Holders, specifying the number of Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholder has requested registration under this Section 2(a). During the ten (10) Business Days after receipt of a Demand Notice, all Holders (other than the Requesting Shareholder) may provide a written request to the Company, specifying the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities held by such Holders requested to be registered as part of such Demand Registration and the intended method of distribution thereof; provided that, if, on the date of any request by a Qualified Shareholder, the Company qualifies as a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) eligible to file an automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 2 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 3 shall apply instead.

 

(ii)                                  The Company shall file such Registration Statement with the SEC within ninety (90) days of such request, in the case of a Long-Form Registration, and thirty (30) days of such request, in the case of a Short-Form Registration; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to file such Registration Statement prior to the first Business Day after the expiration of the Standstill Period, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and the “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Shareholder or any underwriter, if any, reasonably

 

9

 

requests, as expeditiously as possible, all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered.

 

(iii)                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(a), (A) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than two (2) Long-Form Registrations over any three (3) year period at the request of any Holder, (B) from and after the time the Company becomes eligible for a Short-Form Registration, the Holders shall be entitled to effect three (3) Short-Form Registrations per calendar year in the aggregate in addition to the Long-Form Registrations to which they are entitled (which Long-Form Registrations, at the election of the Requesting Shareholder, may be effected as Short-Form Registrations, in which case they will count as Long-Form Registrations for purposes of the preceding clause (A)) and (C) the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000) if pursuant to a Long-Form Registration, or three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) if pursuant to a Short-Form Registration.

 

(b)                                 Demand Withdrawal. A Participating Shareholder may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice from all of the Participating Shareholders to such effect, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement, and such registration shall nonetheless be deemed a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2(a) unless (i) the withdrawing Participating Shareholders shall have paid or reimbursed the Company for their pro rata share of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the registration of the withdrawing Participating Shareholders’ withdrawn Registrable Securities (based on the number of Registrable Securities such withdrawing Participating Shareholders sought to register, as compared to the total number of Company Securities included on such Registration Statement), (ii) the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change, because the registration would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure or because the Company otherwise requests withdrawal or (iii) the withdrawal arose out of the fault of the Company (in each such case the Company shall be obligated to pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such revoked request except to the extent otherwise paid pursuant to clause (i)).

 

(c)                                  Company Notifications. Within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Participating Shareholders of the Demand Notice, the Company will notify all Participating Shareholders of the identities of the other Participating Shareholders and the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein.

 

(d)                                 Registration Expenses. The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), if applicable.

 

(e)                                  Effective Registration. A Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred if the Registration Statement relating thereto (i) has become effective under the Securities Act and (ii) has remained effective for a period of at least 180 calendar days (or such shorter period

 

10

 

in which all Registrable Securities of the Participating Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder or withdrawn) or, if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a prospectus is required by Law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Demand Period”); provided, that a Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred if, (A) during the Demand Period, such Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Entity or court, (B) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by any Participating Shareholder or (C) the Maximum Offering Size (as defined below) is reduced in accordance with Section 2(g) such that less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities that the Requesting Shareholder sought to be included in such registration are included.

 

(f)                                   Underwritten Offerings. If any Participating Shareholder that is a Qualified Shareholder so requests, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering.

 

(g)                                  Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering advise the Board (or, in the case of a Demand Registration not being underwritten, the Board determines in its reasonable discretion) that, in its view, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any securities that the Company proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares offered in such offering (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)                                     (1) if the Requesting Shareholder is JAB, first, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered by JAB and all other Participating Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among JAB and such other Participating Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by JAB and the other Participating Shareholders; provided, that any securities thereby allocated to JAB or another Participating Shareholder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Participating Shareholders in like manner), or

 

(2) if the Requesting Shareholder is MDLZ, (A) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by MDLZ, and (B) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause 2(A) have been included, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the other Participating Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Participating Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by the Participating Shareholders; provided, that any securities thereby allocated to a Participating Shareholder that exceed such Participating Shareholder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Participating Shareholders in like manner), and

 

11

 

(ii)                                  thereafter, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i)(1) or (2), as applicable, have been included, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company or any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons (including the Company), with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

 

(h)                                 Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If, upon the determination of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board, the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of a Demand Registration at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Participating Shareholders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement (a “Demand Suspension”); provided, that (x) the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension (i) more than three (3) times during any 12-month period or (ii) for more than one hundred (100) days in aggregate during any 12-month period and (y) such Demand Suspension shall terminate at such time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure; and provided, further, that in the event of a Demand Suspension, if a Participating Shareholder has not sold any Company Securities under such Registration Statement, it shall be entitled to withdraw Registrable Securities from such Demand Registration and, if all Participating Shareholders so withdraw, such Demand Registration shall not be counted for purposes of the limit on Long-Form Registrations requested by such Participating Shareholders in Section 2(a). In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Participating Shareholders agree to suspend use of the applicable prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectuses in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Participating Shareholders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and furnish to the Participating Shareholders such numbers of copies of the prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Participating Shareholders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the applicable Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the applicable Demand Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or as may reasonably be requested by the Participating Shareholder.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to file a registration statement to register for sale, or to conduct any registered securities offerings (including any “take-downs” off of an effective shelf registration statement) of, any of its securities either for its own account or the account of any security holder or holders during any Demand Suspension.

 

3.                                      Shelf Registration.

 

(a)                                 Filing. If, at any time beginning 90 days prior to the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Company shall have received a request, subject to Section 16, by a Qualified Shareholder (a “Shelf Offering Request”), for the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3, and at such time the Company is eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the Company shall, within sixty (60) days of such Shelf Offering Request, but in no event prior to the first Business Day after the expiration of the Standstill

 

12

 

Period, file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act (or if the Company qualifies to do so, it shall file an automatic Shelf Registration Statement in response to any such request). If, on the date of any such Shelf Offering Request, the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 3 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2 shall apply instead.

 

(b)                                 Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act (including, if necessary, by renewing or refiling a Shelf Registration Statement prior to expiration of the existing Shelf Registration Statement or by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or any document incorporated therein by reference or by filing any other required document or otherwise supplementing or amending the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities or blue sky Laws, or any rules and regulations thereunder) in order to permit the prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) and (ii) the date as of which each of the Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 3(d), the Company shall not be deemed to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable Law or is in connection with a Shelf Suspension.

 

(c)                                  Shelf Notice. Promptly upon receipt of any request to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(a) (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice of any such request to all other Holders.

 

(d)                                 Suspension of Registration. If, upon the determination of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board, the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving at least 10 calendar days’ prior written notice of such action to the Holders, suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “Shelf Suspension”); provided, that (x) the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension (i) more than three (3) times during any 12-month period, or (ii) for more than one hundred (100) days in aggregate during any 12-month period and (y) such Shelf Registration shall terminate at such time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the

 

13

 

Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the prospectus and any issuer free writing prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Shelf Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Holders.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to file a registration statement to register for sale, or to conduct any registered securities offerings (including any “take-downs” off of an effective shelf registration statement) of, any of its securities either for its own account or the account of any security holder or holders during any Shelf Suspension.

 

(e)                                  Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

 

(i)                                     For any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement for which the value of Registrable Securities proposed to be offered is at least three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000), if any Participating Shareholder that is a Qualified Shareholder so elects, such offering shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, if at any time during which the Shelf Registration Statement is in effect a Participating Shareholder elects to offer Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an Underwritten Offering, then such Participating Shareholder shall give written notice (which notice may be given by email) to the Company of such intention at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which such Underwritten Offering is anticipated to launch, specifying the number of Registrable Securities for which the Participating Shareholder is requesting registration under this Section 3(e) and the other material terms of such Underwritten Offering to the extent known (such request, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request,” and any Underwritten Offering conducted pursuant thereto, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”), and the Company shall promptly, but in no event later than the Business Day following the receipt of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request, give written notice (which notice may be given by email to the email address for each other Holder on file with the Company from time to time) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request (such notice, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown Notice”) to the other Holders and such Underwritten Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer the other Holders the opportunity to register as part of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Registrable Securities as each such other Holder may request in writing (which request may be made by email to the Company). Subject to Section 3(e)(ii) and Section 3(e)(iii), the Company and the Participating Shareholder(s) making the Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request shall cause the underwriter(s) to include as part of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein by any of the other Holders within twenty-four (24) hours after the receipt by such other Holders of any such notice, all to the extent necessary to permit the

 

14

 

disposition of the Registrable Securities to be so sold; provided, that all such other Holders requesting to participate in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Participating Shareholder(s) requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided, further, that, if at any time after making an Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request and prior to the launch of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Participating Shareholder(s) requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall determine for any reason not to proceed with or to delay such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Participating Shareholder(s) shall give written notice to the Company of such determination and the Company shall give written notice of the same to each other Holder and, thereupon, (A) in the case of a determination not to proceed, the Company and such Participating Shareholder(s) shall be relieved of their respective obligations to cause the underwriter(s) to include any Registrable Securities of the other Holders as part of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (but the Company shall not be relieved from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the other registration rights contained herein, and (B) in the case of a determination to delay such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company and such Participating Shareholder(s) shall be relieved of their respective obligations to cause the underwriter(s) to include any Registrable Securities of the other Holders as part of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for the same period as the Participating Shareholder(s) determine(s) to delay such Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

 

(ii)                                  If the managing underwriter of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown advises the Company or the Participating Shareholder(s) requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown that, in its view, the number of Company Shares that the Participating Shareholder(s) and such other Holders intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company and the Participating Shareholder(s) making the Underwritten Shelf Takedown Request shall cause the underwriter(s) to include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

 

(A)       (1) if the Participating Shareholder requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown is JAB, first to JAB and all other Holders who requested to include Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to Section 3(e)(i) (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among JAB and such other Holders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by JAB and such other Holders; provided, that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Holders in like manner), or

 

(2) if the Participating Shareholder requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown is MDLZ, (x) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by MDLZ, and (y) second, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause 2(x) have been included, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders pursuant to Section 3(e)(i) (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders; provided, that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Holders in like manner), and

 

15

 

(B)       thereafter, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause (A)(1) or (2), as applicable, have been included, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of the Company any other Persons with such priorities among them as the Participating Shareholder(s) requesting the Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall determine.

 

(iii)                               Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown at any time prior to 7:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date on which the Underwritten Shelf Takedown is anticipated to launch.

 

(f)                                   Payment of Expenses for Shelf Registrations. The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Shelf Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected.

 

4.                                      Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)                                 Participation. If, following the expiration of the Standstill Period, the Company at any time proposes to sell in an underwritten Public Offering (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a “take-down” pursuant to a prospectus supplement to an effective shelf registration statement) or file a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its Common Stock for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration Statement under Section 2 or 3 (it being understood that this clause (i) does not limit the rights of Holders to make written requests pursuant to Section 2(a)), (ii) a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms, (iii) a registration of Common Stock solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee share plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, or (iv) a registration in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries of another Person or a similar business combination transaction, however structured) then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the proposed date of the launch of the underwritten Public Offering or the filing of such Registration Statement, as applicable), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering or filing to the Holders, and such notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register under such Registration Statement or include in such underwritten Public Offering such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 4(b) and Section 4(c), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement or underwritten Public Offering all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within five (5) calendar days after the receipt by such Holders of any such notice; provided, that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to sell any Common Stock in an underwritten Public Offering and prior to the launch date, or to register any Common Stock and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to sell or register or to delay such sale or registration, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, (A) in the case of a determination not to sell or register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such sale or registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Holders to request that such registration be effected as a Demand Registration (subject to the provisions governing

 

16

 

withdrawal set forth in Section 2(b)) or, if applicable, a Shelf Offering Request and any Underwritten Shelf Takedown related thereto (subject to the provisions governing withdrawal set forth in Section 3(e)(i)), and (B) in the case of a determination to delay selling or registering, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering Request or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, shall be permitted to delay selling or registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in registering such other Common Stock; provided, that if such registration or sale involves an underwritten Public Offering, all such Holders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration or sale must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 7(j) on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or the other Person requesting such registration or sale, as applicable, with, in the case of a combined primary and secondary offering, such differences, including any with respect to representations and warranties and indemnification, as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings, and the Company shall make arrangements with the managing underwriter so that each such Holder may participate in such Underwritten Offering.

 

(b)                                 Priority of Registrations Pursuant to a Piggyback Registration. If a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten Public Offering (other than any Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such offering set forth in Section 2(g) or Section 3(e)(ii), respectively, shall apply) and the managing underwriter advises the Board in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to each Holder) that, in its view, the number of Company Shares that the Company and such Holders intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)                                     first, so much of the Company Securities proposed to be registered for the account of the Company (or for the account of such other initiating Person) as would not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size;

 

(ii)                                  second, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Holders pursuant to this Section 4 (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Holders and such other holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders and such other holders; provided, that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Holders and other holders in like manner); and

 

(iii)                               third, and only if all of the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) have been included, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

 

(c)                                  Piggyback Withdrawal. Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or at any time prior to 7:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date on which the underwritten Public Offering is anticipated to launch, as the case may be. Subject to Section 16, no registration effected under this Section 4 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 2 or a Shelf Offering Request or Underwritten Shelf Takedown to the extent required by Section 3.

 

17

 

(d)                                 Payment of Expenses for Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected.

 

5.                                      Standstill; Lock-up Agreements.

 

(a)                                 Standstill.  During the Standstill Period, each Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall cause its Representatives (to the extent acting on behalf of the Holder) and Group Members directly or indirectly not to, without the prior written consent of, or waiver by, the Company, (i) sell or offer to sell any Company Securities (including any Voting Securities, ) or Derivative Instruments, or direct or indirect rights to acquire any Company Securities (including any Voting Securities) or Derivative Instruments, or any securities or indebtedness convertible or exchangeable for any such securities, (ii) cause to be filed or submitted a registration statement, prospectus or prospectus supplement (or amendment or supplement thereto) with respect to any such registration, or (iii) publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                 Lock-up Agreements.

 

(i)                                     To the extent requested by the lead underwriter in connection with each Underwritten Offering, the Company and each Participating Holder shall agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Company Securities or other security of the Company (except as part of such Underwritten Offering) during the period beginning on the date that is estimated by the Company, in good faith and provided in writing to such Holder, to be the seventh (7th) calendar day prior to the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement (or the anticipated launch date in the case of a “take-down” off of an already effective Shelf Registration Statement) until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the lead managing underwriter shall agree and (ii) sixty (60) calendar days after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement (or the pricing date in the case of a “take-down” off of an already effective Shelf Registration Statement); provided, that the Company shall cause all directors and executive officers of the Company, and all other Persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s securities (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) to enter into agreements similar to those contained in this Section 5(b)(i) (without regard to this proviso), subject to exceptions for gifts, sales pursuant to pre-existing 105-1 plans and other customary exclusions agreed to by such managing underwriter; provided further, that the lead managing underwriter may extend such period as necessary to comply with applicable FINRA rules.

 

(ii)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms or as part of any registration of securities for offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee share plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement. The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from each holder of restricted securities of the Company which securities are the same as or similar to the Registrable Securities being registered, or any restricted securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to effect any

 

18

 

public sale or distribution of such securities during any such period referred to in this Section 5, except as part of any such registration, if permitted.

 

6.                                      Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any agreement (other than as provided herein) granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any equity securities of the Company. The Company shall not grant to any Person the right, other than as set forth herein, and except to employees of the Company with respect to registrations on Form S-8, to request the Company to register any Company Securities except such rights as are not more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders and that do not violate the rights or adversely affect the priorities of the Holders set forth herein.

 

7.                                      Registration Procedures. In connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2, Section 3 or Section 4, subject to the provisions of such Sections:

 

(a)                                 Prior to filing a Registration Statement covering Registrable Securities or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall furnish to each Participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Participating Shareholder and underwriter, if any, without charge such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such other documents as such Participating Shareholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Shareholder. Each Participating Shareholder shall have the right to request that the Company modify any information contained in such Registration Statement, amendment and supplement thereto pertaining to such Participating Shareholder and the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to comply with such request; provided, that the Company shall not have any obligation to so modify any information if the Company reasonably expects that so doing would cause the prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(b)                                 In connection with any filing of any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall cause such document (i) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder and (ii) with respect to information supplied by or on behalf of the Company for inclusion in the Registration Statement, to not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall promptly notify each Holder of such Registrable Securities and the underwriter(s) and, if requested by such Holder or the underwriter(s), confirm in writing, when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective.

 

19

 

(d)                                 The Company shall furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the Holders of such Registrable Securities with copies of any written comments from the SEC or any state securities authority or any written request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information generally.

 

(e)                                  After the filing of the Registration Statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Participating Shareholders set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to such prospectus and (iii) promptly notify each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and use commercially reasonable best efforts to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

 

(f)                                   The Company shall use all reasonable best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Participating Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Participating Shareholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Shareholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Shareholder, provided, that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 7(f), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

 

(g)                                  The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on the principal securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed and provide a transfer agent, registrar and CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement.

 

(h)                                 The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with each Holder and the underwriter or managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as each Holder or the underwriter or managing underwriter, if any, may reasonably request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities.

 

(i)                                     The Company shall immediately notify each Participating Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence

 

20

 

of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Participating Shareholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment subject to any suspension rights contained herein.

 

(j)                                    (1) The requesting Holder(s) shall have the right to select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any underwritten Public Offering resulting from the exercise of a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown upon consultation with the Company and (2) the Company shall have the right to select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any other underwritten Public Offering. In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other actions as are reasonably required and customary in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.

 

(k)                                 Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall make available during regular business hours for inspection by any Participating Shareholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 7 and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Participating Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary or desirable to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such Registration Statement (including by participation in a reasonable number of diligence calls). Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or (ii) the release of such Records is required pursuant to applicable Law or regulation or judicial process. Each Participating Shareholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Company Securities unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. Each Participating Shareholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

 

(l)                                     The Company shall furnish to each Participating Shareholder and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Participating Shareholder or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent certified public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the managing underwriter therefor reasonably requests.

 

21

 

(m)                             The Company shall take all commercially reasonable actions to ensure that any free-writing prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration, Underwritten Shelf Takedown or other offering off of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(n)                                 The Company shall otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement or such other document that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

(o)                                 The Company may require each such Participating Shareholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company the Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and such other information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required or the Company may deem reasonably advisable in connection with such registration and shall not have any obligation to include a Participating Shareholder on any Registration Statement if the Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire or such other information is not promptly provided; provided, that, prior to excluding such Participating Shareholder on the basis of its failure to provide the Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire or such other information, the Company must furnish in writing a reminder to such Participating Shareholder requesting the Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and such other information at least three (3) days prior to filing the applicable Registration Statement.

 

(p)                                 Each such Participating Shareholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 7(i), such Participating Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Participating Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 7(i), and, if so directed by the Company, such Participating Shareholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Participating Shareholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 7(i) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Participating Shareholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 7(i).

 

(q)                                 The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded.

 

22

 

(r)                                    The Company shall have appropriate officers of the Company (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) otherwise use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, including, by executing customary underwriting agreements and (iii) otherwise use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Holders in the marketing of the Registrable Securities.

 

8.                                      Indemnification by the Company.

 

(a)                                 The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, each member, trustee, limited or general partner thereof, each member, trustee, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, stockholders, shareholders, employees, advisors and agents, each Person, if any, who controls such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of their Representatives from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (“Damages”) caused by or relating to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), any preliminary prospectus or any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) or (B) any application or other document or communication executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities Laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, except in all cases insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission so made based upon or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such Participating Shareholder expressly for use therein or by such Participating Shareholder’s failure to deliver a copy of the prospectus, the issuer free writing prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Participating Shareholder with a sufficient number of copies of the same.

 

(b)                                 The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Participating Shareholders provided in this Section 8 or otherwise on commercially reasonable terms negotiated on an aim’s length basis with such underwriters.

 

23

 

9.                                      Indemnification by Participating Shareholders. Each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity from the Company contained in Section 8(a)(i) and Section 8(a)(ii) to such Participating Shareholder, but only with respect to information furnished in writing by such Participating Shareholder or on such Participating Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any preliminary prospectus or any “issuer free writing prospectus.” Each such Participating Shareholder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 9. As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in accordance herewith, the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities. No Participating Shareholder shall be liable under this Section 9 for any Damages in excess of the gross proceeds realized by such Participating Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Participating Shareholder to which such Damages relate.

 

10.                               Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8 or Section 9, such Person (an “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim or to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability

 

24

 

(to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

 

11.                               Survival. Subject to a Holder delivering a properly completed (as solely determined by the Company), executed and acknowledged Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire to the Company, Section 8, Section 9, Section 10 and Section 12 hereto will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such Indemnified Party and will survive the transfer of securities.

 

12.                               Contribution.

 

(a)                                 If the indemnification provided for herein is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages (i) as between the Company and the Participating Shareholders holding Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and such Participating Shareholders on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable Law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and such Participating Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Damages, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, and (ii) as between the Company on the one hand and each Participating Shareholder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each Participating Shareholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and Participating Shareholders on the one hand and such underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and Participating Shareholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and Participating Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and Participating Shareholders or by such underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Participating Shareholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

25

 

(b)                                 The Company and the Participating Shareholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12, no Participating Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount for Damages in excess of the gross proceeds realized by Participating Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of Participating Shareholder to which such Damages relate. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Participating Shareholder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 12 is several in the proportion that the net proceeds of the offering received by Participating Shareholder bears to the total net proceeds of the offering received by all such Participating Shareholders and not joint.

 

13.                               Participation in Public Offering.

 

(a)                                 No Person may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (provided, that no Holder of Registrable Securities will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Holder has requested the Company include in any Registration Statement) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions set forth herein in respect of registration rights.

 

(b)                                 Each Person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section 7(i) above, such Person shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 7(i). In the event the Company has given any such notice, the applicable time period during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended (provided, that the Company shall not cause any Registration Statement to remain effective beyond the latest date allowed by applicable Law) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this paragraph to and including the date when each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 7(i).

 

14.                               Compliance with Rule 144 and Rule 144A. At the request of any Holder who proposes to sell securities in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, the Company shall (i) cooperate, to the extent commercially reasonable, with such Holder, (ii) forthwith furnish to such Holder a written statement of compliance with the filing requirements of the SEC as set forth in Rule 144, as such rule may be amended from time to time, (iii) make available to the public and

 

26

 

such Holders such information, and take such action as is reasonably necessary, to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities to make sales pursuant to Rule 144, and (iv) use its reasonable best efforts to list such Holder’s Company Shares on the NYSE. Unless the Company is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will provide to the holder of Registrable Securities and to any prospective purchaser of Registrable Securities under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, the information described in Rule 144A(d)(4) of the Securities Act.

 

15.                               Selling Expenses. All Selling Expenses relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities registered under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement shall be borne and paid by the Holders of such Registrable Securities, in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities included in such registration for each such Holder.

 

16.                               Prohibition on Requests; Holders’ Obligations.

 

(a)                                 No Holder shall, without the Company’s consent, be entitled to deliver a request for a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering Request or Underwritten Shelf Takedown if less than 90 calendar days have elapsed since (A) the effective date of a prior Registration Statement in connection with a Demand Registration, Shelf Registration or Piggyback Registration, (B) the date of withdrawal by the Participating Shareholders of a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (C) the pricing date of any Underwritten Offering effected by the Company; provided, in each case, that such Holder has been provided with an opportunity to participate in the prior offering and either (i) has refused or not promptly accepted such opportunity or (ii) has not been cut back to less than 50% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included by such Holder.

 

(b)                                 No Holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to sell any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, unless such Holder has timely furnished the Company with all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not misleading and any other information regarding such Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request pursuant to Section 7(o). Any sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Holder that the information of such Holder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder, including in such Holder’s Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire (all such information, “Holder Information”), to the Company does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements in such Holder Information, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Furthermore, if the Company is required to file a subsequent Registration Statement upon expiration of effectiveness of the Registration Statement naming a Holder, the Company shall be under no obligation to include such Holder as a selling securityholder if such Holder does not timely deliver an updated properly completed (as solely determined by the Company), executed and acknowledged Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and other information upon request by the Company therefore pursuant to Section 7(o).

 

27

 

17.                               Corporate Governance.

 

(a)                                 Composition of the Board.

 

(i)                                     Subject to Section 17(a)(iv) below, two directors of the Board (each, a “Director”) shall be individuals designated in writing to the Company by MDLZ (each, a “MDLZ Designee”), which individuals shall at all times be executive officers of Mondelēz International and shall initially be the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Mondelēz International.

 

(ii)                                  Upon the resignation, retirement or other removal of any MDLZ Designee, MDLZ shall be entitled, subject to Section 17(a)(iv) below, promptly to designate a replacement MDLZ Designee to become a Director.

 

(iii)                               Each of the Company and the Holders shall use its reasonable best efforts to give effect to Section 17(a)(i); in particular, (A) each Holder shall procure that the directors of the Board nominated by it shall vote in favor of appointing each MDLZ Designee and against the removal of any MDLZ Designee at each relevant meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board, (B) the Company shall ensure that each MDLZ Designee is proposed to serve as a Director at each annual or special meeting of the Company at which directors are to be elected,  (C) each Holder shall procure that the directors of the Board nominated by it  shall recommend that the Company’s stockholders vote in favor of appointing each MDLZ Designee and against the removal of any MDLZ Designee, (D) each Holder shall vote all the stock that it holds or controls (and shall procure that each of its Affiliates votes all stock that it holds or controls) in favor of appointing each MDLZ Designee as a Director and against the removal of any MDLZ Designee as a Director, and (E) no Holder (other than MDLZ) shall take any action to remove, or oppose the appointment of, a MDLZ Designee as a Director.

 

(iv)                              If MDLZ and its Affiliates beneficially own less than 8% of the Company Shares, then MDLZ shall promptly cause one of such MDLZ Designees to resign and the number of MDLZ Designees permissible hereunder shall be permanently reduced to one.  If MDLZ and its Affiliates beneficially own less than 5% of the Company Shares, then MDLZ shall promptly cause a second MDLZ Designee to resign and the number of MDLZ Designees permissible hereunder shall be permanently reduced to zero.

 

(b)                                 Committees.  For so long as MDLZ is permitted to appoint at least one (1) MDLZ Designee pursuant to Section 17(a), to the extent permitted by applicable Laws (including any requirements under the Exchange Act or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other applicable securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed), each committee of the Board shall include at least one MDLZ Designee.

 

(c)                                  Board Authority Matters.  For so long as MDLZ is permitted to appoint at least one (1) MDLZ Designee pursuant to Section 17(a), the Company shall not enter into or effectuate any of the following without the prior approval of the Board:

 

(i)                                     any issuance of shares of the Company or securities convertible or exchangeable for such shares, including options or other equity awards exercisable for such shares (other than options or other equity awards granted to officers or directors of the Company that have been authorized by the Board’s Compensation Committee or Special Award Committee),

 

28

 

(ii)                                  the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution with regard to any security of the Company,

 

(iii)                               a key transaction having material financial implications for the Company Group (as defined below), including material mergers and acquisitions,

 

(iv)                              the making of a material change in the nature of the Company’s business,

 

(v)                                 the adoption or amendment of any strategic business plan and annual budget,

 

(vi)                              the appointment or removal of the Company’s Auditors (as defined below),

 

(vii)                           the approval of the Company’s quarterly and annual consolidated financial statements,

 

(viii)                        the approval of a material decision relating to a material portion of the Company Group’s workforce (other than any decision that has been authorized by the Board’s Compensation Committee, Special Award Committee or Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee), or

 

(ix)                              the approval of a decision which may have a material implication for the reputation of the Company Group.

 

(d)                                 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be Consistent.  Each of the Company and each Holder shall use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all lawful action necessary or appropriate to ensure that at all times the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company contain provisions consistent with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation this Section 17) and none of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company or any of the corresponding constituent documents of the Company’s Subsidiaries contain any provisions inconsistent therewith or which would in any way nullify or impair the terms of this Agreement or the rights of the Company or any Holder hereunder.

 

(e)                                  Amendment of Related Party Transaction Policy.  For so long as MDLZ is permitted to appoint at least one (1) MDLZ Designee pursuant to Section 17(a), the Company shall not amend or terminate its related party transaction policy adopted on the Closing Date, unless such amendments are required by applicable Law (including any requirements under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other applicable securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed), without the prior written consent of MDLZ.

 

18.                               Information Rights.

 

(a)                                 For so long as Mondelēz International accounts for its investment in the Company under the equity method of accounting (determined in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles as applicable to Mondelēz International from time to time), the Company agrees that:

 

29

 

(i)                                     The Company shall provide MDLZ (A) within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, with the consolidated financial results for of the Company’s consolidated group (the “Company Group”) for such fiscal year (including a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow and statement of other comprehensive income), (B) promptly upon availability, the annual accounts for each member of the Company Group (except where such accounts or audits are not legally required), (C) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, unaudited consolidated condensed financial results of the Company Group for such fiscal quarter (including a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow and statement of other comprehensive income) and (D) with such financial information or documents in the possession of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries as MDLZ may reasonably request in writing in connection with the preparation of Mondelēz International’s public earnings releases or other press releases, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and any other proxy, information and registration statements, reports, notices, prospectuses and any other filings made by Mondelēz International with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority, including Mondelēz International’s unaudited quarterly financial statements and annual audited financial statements (collectively, the “Mondelēz International Public Filings”);

 

(ii)                                  The Company shall cooperate, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company’s independent certified public accounts (the “Company’s Auditors”) to cooperate, with MDLZ to the extent reasonably requested in writing by MDLZ in the preparation of the Mondelēz International Public Filings. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to provide to MDLZ all information that MDLZ reasonably requests in writing in connection with any Mondelēz International Public Filings that, in the reasonable judgment of MDLZ upon consultation with its legal counsel, is required to be disclosed or incorporated by reference therein under any applicable Law. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such information to enable Mondelēz International to prepare and release all Mondelēz International Public Filings on a timely basis. To the extent required in such filing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company’s Auditors to consent to any reference to them as experts in any Mondelēz International Public Filings required under applicable Law;

 

(iii)                               The Company and MDLZ shall share with each other (subject to any agreed protocols) aggregate security position information, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, for use in their respective compliance programs and shall coordinate share ownership reporting for such purpose; and

 

(iv)                              The Company will, within 25 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, make the Company’s controller available for a discussion with MDLZ with regards to updates to the Company’s business and financial results with respect to such fiscal quarter.

 

(b)                                 With respect to any information provided by the Company:

 

(i)                                     Subject to the requirements of law and to except the extent required to be included in Mondelēz International Public Filings, MDLZ shall keep confidential, and shall cause its Representatives (including Mondelēz International) to keep confidential, all information and documents obtained pursuant to this Section 18 unless such information (A) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 18(b) by it or its

 

30

 

Representatives; (B) was within its possession prior to being furnished to it by or on behalf of the Company, provided that the source of such information was not known by it to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual or legal obligation of confidentiality to, the Company with respect to such information; (C) is or becomes available to it or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or any of its Representatives; provided that such source was not known to it to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual or legal obligation of confidentiality to, the Company with respect to such information; or (D) is independently developed by or on its behalf without violating any of its obligations under this Section 18(b).

 

(ii)                                  In the event MDLZ believes, upon consultation with its legal counsel, that it is legally required to disclose any information or documents contemplated by Section 18(b)(i) (but not including any information required to be included in Mondelēz International Public Filings), it shall to the extent possible under the circumstances provide reasonable prior written notice to the Company so that the Company may, at its own expense, seek a protective order or otherwise take reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of such information.

 

(iii)                               The rights of MDLZ and the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 18(b) shall be subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information and other applicable Laws.

 

19.                               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Remedies; Specific Performance.

 

(i)                                     Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a Party shall be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred by this Agreement, or by law or equity upon such Party, and the exercise by a Party of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

 

(ii)                                  The Parties acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached and that monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy therefor. It is accordingly agreed that, at any time prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(j), the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the performance of terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court referred to in Section 8(g), without proof of actual damages (and each Party waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. The Parties further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to law or inequitable for any reason, nor to assert that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy for any such breach.

 

(b)                                 Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement (other than Sections 17 and 18), including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be

 

31

 

given, without the written consent of the Company and each Holder of outstanding Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by each Holder of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified, or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Each Holder of Registrable Securities outstanding at the time of any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 8(b), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent appears on the Registrable Securities or is delivered to such Holder.  The provisions of Sections 17 and 18 (and the provisions of this sentence) may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and MDLZ.

 

(c)                                  Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to the others shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile or electronic mail or overnight courier:

 

(i)                                     if to the Company, to:

 

Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.
 5301 Legacy Drive

P.O. Box 869077

Plano, Texas 75024

Attn:                    Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.

5301 Legacy Drive

P.O. Box 869077

Plano, Texas 75024

Attn:                    General Counsel

 

(ii)                                  if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in a Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire or any amendment thereto or, at the Company’s option, pursuant to the Legal Notice System on DTC, or successor system thereto;

 

or to such other address as such Person may have furnished to the other Persons identified in this Section 8(c) in writing in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                                 Majority of Registrable Securities. For purposes of determining what constitutes Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, as referred to in this Agreement, a majority shall constitute a majority of the shares of Common Stock that constitute Registrable Securities.

 

32

 

(e)                                  Assignability; Third-Party Rights. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by any Party, and any such assignment shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person (other than the Parties) any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever.

 

(f)                                   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement) and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered (by electronic communication, facsimile or otherwise) to the other Parties.

 

(g)                                  Governing Law and Venue; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 

(i)                                     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN AND IN ALL RESPECTS SHALL BE INTERPRETED, CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED BY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES, WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.  Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits, for itself and with respect to its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the appropriate respective appellate courts therefrom (or only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware declines to accept or does not have jurisdiction over a particular matter, any federal or other state court located in the State of Delaware and the appropriate respective appellate courts therefrom) solely in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and of the documents referred to in this Agreement, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or of any such document, that it is not subject to jurisdiction thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the Parties hereto irrevocably agree that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware declines to accept or does not have jurisdiction over a particular matter, any federal or other state court located in the State of Delaware).  The Parties hereby consent to and grant any such court jurisdiction over the person of such Parties and, to the extent permitted by Law, over the subject matter of such dispute and agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 7(c) or in such other manner as may be permitted by Law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

(ii)                                  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY

 

33

 

HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY OR TO THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.  EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8(g).

 

(h)                                 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

(i)                                     Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the Parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and the investor rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the investor rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings among the Parties with respect to such investor rights. No Party shall have any rights, duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

(j)                                    Termination. This Agreement and the obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate upon such time as there are no Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 2(d), 3(f), 4(d), 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 17, 18, 19(g) and this 19(j), which shall survive such termination.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

34

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

	
 
    	
COMPANY:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
KEURIG   DR PEPPER INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Ozan Dokmecioglu
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Ozan   Dokmecioglu
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Chief   Financial Officer
    

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 

 

	
 
    	
HOLDER:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
MAPLE   HOLDINGS B.V.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Leo Burgers
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Leo   Burgers
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Director
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Merel M. Broers
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Merel   M. Broers
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Director
    

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 

 

	
 
    	
HOLDER:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
MONDELĒZ   INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/   Geraldine Llewellyn
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Geraldine   Llewellyn
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Assistant   Secretary
    

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES

 

Maple Holdings B.V.

Mondelēz International Holdings LLC

 

 

ANNEX A

 

FORM OF SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE, AGREEMENT AND QUESTIONNAIRE

 

The undersigned (the “Selling Securityholder”) beneficial owner of common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Common Stock”), of Keurig Dr Pepper Inc. (the “Company”) understands that the Company intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-3 or a prospectus supplement to an existing shelf registration statement (as applicable, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of certain Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated on or about July 9, 2018 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), by and among the Company and the persons listed on Schedule A hereto. Each capitalized term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning given to it in the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder must be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and deliver a prospectus to the purchasers of Registrable Securities. To facilitate naming of the Selling Securityholder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder must complete, execute, acknowledge and deliver this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire prior to filing of the prospectus supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as Selling Securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, the Selling Securityholder is advised to consult its own legal counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a Selling Securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

 

(a)                                 The Selling Securityholder hereby gives notice to the Company of its intention to sell or otherwise dispose of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3(b) pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Selling Securityholder, by signing and returning this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire, understands that it shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire.

 

(b)                                 The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

Questionnaire

 

1.                                      (a)                                 Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

 

 

(b)                                 Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

 

 

 

(c)                                  Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

 

 

2.                                      Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:

 

 

Telephone:

Fax:

Email address:

Contact Person:

 

3.                                      Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:

 

This Item (3) covers beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities. Please consult Appendix A to this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire for information as to the meaning of “beneficial ownership.” Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the Selling Securityholder does not beneficially own any Registrable Securities.

 

(a)                                 Number of shares of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

 

(b)                                 Number of shares of the Registrable Securities which the Selling Securityholder  wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

 

4.                                      Beneficial Ownership of other securities of the Company owned by the Selling Securityholder.

 

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3).

 

(a)                                 Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholder:

 

 

(b)                                 CUSIP No(s). of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Securityholder:

 

 

5.                                      Relationship with the Company:

 

(a)                                 Have you or any of your affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% or more of the equity securities of the Selling Securityholder) held

 

 

any position or office or have you had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) within the past three years?

 

o                                    Yes

 

o                                    No

 

(b)                                 If so, please state the nature and duration of your relationship with the Company:

 

 

6.                                      Broker-Dealer Status:

 

(a)                                 Is the Selling Securityholder a broker-dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act?

 

o                                    Yes

 

o                                    No

 

Note that the Company shall be required to identify any registered broker-dealer as an underwriter in the prospectus.

 

If so, please answer the remaining questions in this section.

 

If the Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer, please indicate whether the Selling Securityholder acquired its Registrable Securities for investment or acquired them as transaction-based compensation for investment banking or similar services.

 

 

If the Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer and received its Registrable Securities other than as transaction-based compensation, the Company is required to identify you as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus.

 

 

(b)                                 Affiliation with Broker-Dealers:

 

Is the Selling Securityholder an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer? For purposes of this Item 6(b), an “affiliate” of a specified person or entity means a person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person or entity specified.

 

o                                    Yes

 

 

o                                    No

 

If so, please answer the remaining questions in this section:

 

(i)                                     Please describe the affiliation between the Selling Securityholder and any registered broker-dealers:

 

 

(ii)                                  If the Selling Securityholder, at the time of its acquisition of the Registrable Securities, had any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities, please describe such agreements or understandings:

 

 

Note that if the Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a broker-dealer and at the time of the acquisition of the Registrable Securities had any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, to distribute the securities, the Company must identify the Selling Securityholder as an underwriter in the prospectus.

 

7.                                      Nature of Beneficial Holding. The purpose of this question is to identify the ultimate natural person(s) or publicly held entity that exercise(s) sole or shared voting or dispositive power over the Registrable Securities.

 

(a)                                 Is the Selling Securityholder required to file, or is it a wholly-owned subsidiary of a company that is required to file, periodic and other reports (for example, Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K) with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act?

 

o                                    Yes

 

o                                    No

 

(b)                                 State whether the Selling Securityholder is an investment company, or a subsidiary of an investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

 

o                                    Yes

 

o                                    No

 

(c)                                  If a subsidiary, please identify the publicly held parent entity:

 

 

 

If you answered “No” to questions (a) and (b) above, please identify the controlling person(s) of the Selling Securityholder (the “Controlling Entity”). If the Controlling Entity is not a natural person or a publicly held entity, please identify each controlling person(s) of such Controlling Entity. This process should be repeated until you reach natural persons or a publicly held entity that exercise sole or shared voting or dispositive power over the Registrable Securities:

 

 

***PLEASE NOTE THAT THE SEC REQUIRES THAT THESE NATURAL PERSONS BE NAMED IN THE PROSPECTUS***

 

If you need more space for this response, please attach additional sheets of paper. Please be sure to indicate your name and the number of the item being responded to on each such additional sheet of paper, and to sign each such additional sheet of paper before attaching it to this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire. Please note that you may be asked to answer additional questions depending on your responses to the above questions.

 

8.                                      Plan of Distribution:

 

Except as set forth below, the Selling Securityholder (including its donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement only as follows (if at all): such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the Selling Securityholder or alternatively through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, the Selling Securityholder shall be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market or (iv) through the writing of options. The Selling Securityholder may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Registrable Securities owned by it and, if it defaults in the performance of its secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Registrable Securities from time to time pursuant to the prospectus. The Selling Securityholder also may transfer and donate shares in other circumstances in which certain cases the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest shall be the selling Securityholder for purposes of the prospectus.

 

State any exceptions here:

 

 

 

Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior agreement of the Company.

 

(i)                                     The Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Selling Securityholder agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf shall engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.

 

(j)                                    In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under the Investor Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to provide any additional information the Company may reasonably request and to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided that may occur at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

To the Company :

 

Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.
 5301 Legacy Drive

P.O. Box 869077

Plano, Texas 75024

Attn:    Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.

5301 Legacy Drive

P.O. Box 869077

Plano, Texas 75024

Attn:    General Counsel

 

(k)                                 In the event any Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder shall notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(l)                                     By signing this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (8) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement, the related prospectus and any state securities or Blue Sky applications. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information shall be relied upon by the Company without independent

 

 

investigation or inquiry in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Shelf Registration Statement, the related prospectus and any state securities or Blue Sky applications.

 

(m)                             Once this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received and acknowledged by the Company, the terms of this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and the representations, warranties and indemnification contained herein shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the conflicts-of-laws provisions thereof.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its authorized agent.

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Selling   Securityholder:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

Please return the completed and executed Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire to:

 

Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.

5301 Legacy Drive

P.O. Box 869077

Plano, Texas 75024

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

The Company hereby acknowledges that it has received and read and understands this Notice, Agreement and Questionnaire and agrees to be bound by the obligations and terms contained herein.

 

	
 
    	
Keurig   Dr Pepper Inc.:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE, AGREEMENT AND QUESTIONNAIRE]

 

 

Appendix A

 

DEFINITION OF “BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP”

 

1.                                      A “Beneficial Owner” of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares:

 

(a) Voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or

 

(b) Investment power which includes the power to dispose, or direct the disposition of, such security.

 

Please note that either voting power or investment power, or both, is sufficient for you to be considered the beneficial owner of shares.

 

2.                                      Any person who, directly or indirectly, creates or uses a trust, proxy, power of attorney, pooling arrangement or any other contract, arrangement or device with the purpose or effect of divesting such person of beneficial ownership of a security or preventing the vesting of such beneficial ownership as part of a plan or scheme to evade the reporting requirements of the federal securities acts shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such security.

 

3.                                      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a person is deemed to be the “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days, including but not limited to any right to acquire: (a) through the exercise of any option, warrant or right; (b) through the conversion of a security; (c) pursuant to the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement; or (d) pursuant to the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement; provided, however, any person who acquires a security or power specified in (a), (b) or (c) above, with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer, or in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, immediately upon such acquisition shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities which may be acquired through the exercise or conversion of such security or power.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 

ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC. 

as Escrow Issuer 
 The Guarantors
party hereto from time to time 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 

as Trustee 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of July 6, 2018 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2026 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 
  

 

							
	 	 	 	  	PAGE	 
	 ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  			
			
	 Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	39	 
	 Section 1.03.
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	40	 
	 Section 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	41	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	Amount of Notes	  	 	41	 
	 Section 2.02.
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	41	 
	 Section 2.03.
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	42	 
	 Section 2.04.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	43	 
	 Section 2.05.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.06.
	 	Noteholder Lists	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.07.
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.08.
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.09.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.10.
	 	Cancellation	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.11.
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.12.
	 	CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers	  	 	45	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.02.
	 	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	47	 
	 Section 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.07.
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.08.
	 	Special Redemption	  	 	48	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	Covenant Suspension	  	 	49	 
	 Section 4.02.
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	50	 
	 Section 4.03.
	 	Reports	  	 	50	 

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.04.
	 	Limitation on Debt	  	 	52	 
	 Section 4.05.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	55	 
	 Section 4.06.
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	59	 
	 Section 4.07.
	 	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.08.
	 	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	64	 
	 Section 4.09.
	 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	66	 
	 Section 4.10.
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	68	 
	 Section 4.11.
	 	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	69	 
	 Section 4.12.
	 	Change of Control	  	 	69	 
	 Section 4.13.
	 	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	71	 
	 Section 4.14.
	 	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	71	 
	 Section 4.15.
	 	Existence	  	 	71	 
	 Section 4.16.
	 	Payment of Taxes and other Claims	  	 	72	 
	 Section 4.17.
	 	Maintenance of Properties and Insurance	  	 	72	 
	 Section 4.18.
	 	Annual Officer’s Certificate as to Compliance	  	 	72	 
	 Section 4.19.
	 	Limitation on Accounts Receivables Facilities	  	 	72	 
	 Section 4.20.
	 	Activities Prior to the Escrow Release Date	  	 	72	 
		
	 ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSOR ISSUER
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	 	73	 
	 Section 5.02.
	 	When Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	 	75	 
	 Section 5.03.
	 	Application to the Consummation of the Transactions	  	 	75	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	76	 
	 Section 6.02.
	 	Acceleration	  	 	77	 
	 Section 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	78	 
	 Section 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	78	 
	 Section 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	79	 
	 Section 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	79	 
	 Section 6.07.
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	79	 
	 Section 6.08.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	79	 
	 Section 6.09.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	80	 
	 Section 6.10.
	 	Priorities	  	 	80	 
	 Section 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	80	 
	 Section 6.12.
	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	80	 
	 Section 6.13.
	 	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	 	81	 
	 Section 6.14.
	 	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	 	81	 
	 Section 6.15.
	 	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	 	81	 

  
 ii 

							
	 ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE
	  			
	  	 	 
			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	81	 
	 Section 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	82	 
	 Section 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	84	 
	 Section 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	84	 
	 Section 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	84	 
	 Section 7.06.
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	84	 
	 Section 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	85	 
	 Section 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	86	 
	 Section 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	87	 
	 Section 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	87	 
	 Section 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	  	 	87	 
	 Section 7.12.
	 	Escrow Authorization	  	 	87	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 8.01.
	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	87	 
	 Section 8.02.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	88	 
	 Section 8.03.
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	89	 
	 Section 8.04.
	 	Repayment to Issuer	  	 	89	 
	 Section 8.05.
	 	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	90	 
	 Section 8.06.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	90	 
		
	 ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	90	 
	 Section 9.02.
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	91	 
	 Section 9.03.
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	92	 
	 Section 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	93	 
	 Section 9.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	93	 
	 Section 9.06.
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	 	93	 
		
	 ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 10.01.
	 	The Guarantees	  	 	93	 
	 Section 10.02.
	 	Guaranty Unconditional	  	 	94	 
	 Section 10.03.
	 	Discharge; Reinstatement	  	 	94	 
	 Section 10.04.
	 	Waiver by the Guarantors	  	 	95	 
	 Section 10.05.
	 	Subrogation and Contribution	  	 	95	 
	 Section 10.06.
	 	Stay of Acceleration	  	 	95	 
	 Section 10.07.
	 	Limitation on Amount of Guaranty	  	 	95	 
	 Section 10.08.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Guaranty	  	 	95	 
	 Section 10.09.
	 	Release of Guaranty	  	 	95	 

  
 iii 

							
		
	 ARTICLE 11

ESCROW ARRANGEMENTS
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 11.01.
	 	Escrow Account	  	 	96	 
	 Section 11.02.
	 	Conditions to Release	  	 	96	 
	 Section 11.03.
	 	Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement	  	 	97	 
		
	 ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS
	  			
	  			
			
	 Section 12.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	98	 
	 Section 12.02.
	 	Notices	  	 	98	 
	 Section 12.03.
	 	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	99	 
	 Section 12.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	99	 
	 Section 12.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	99	 
	 Section 12.06.
	 	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.07.
	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agents and Registrar	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.08.
	 	Business Days	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.09.
	 	Governing Law/Waiver of Trial by Jury	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.10.
	 	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.11.
	 	Successors	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.12.
	 	Multiple Originals	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.13.
	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.14.
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.15.
	 	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.16.
	 	FATCA	  	 	102	 

 Appendix A—Provisions Relating to Notes 

EXHIBIT INDEX 
  

					
	Exhibit A	  	—	  	Form of Initial Note
			
	Exhibit B	  	—	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture Related to the Assumption and Guarantees on the Escrow Release Date
			
	Exhibit C	  	—	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors
			
	Exhibit D	  	—	  	Form of Note Following Company’s Assumption

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA
	  	 Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	310	  	(a)(1)	  	7.10
		  	(a)(2)	  	7.10
		  	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)	  	7.08; 7.10
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	311	  	(a)	  	7.11
		  	(b)	  	7.11
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	312	  	(a)	  	2.06
		  	(b)	  	12.03
		  	(c)	  	12.03
	313	  	(a)	  	7.06
		  	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)(2)	  	7.06
		  	(c)	  	7.06; 12.02
		  	(d)	  	7.06
	314	  	(a)(1)	  	4.03
		  	(a)(2)	  	4.03
		  	(a)(3)	  	4.03; 12.02
		  	(a)(4)	  	4.18
		  	(b)	  	N.A.
		  	(c)(1)	  	12.04
		  	(c)(2)	  	12.04
		  	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(d)	  	N.A.
		  	(e)	  	12.05
	315	  	(a)	  	7.01
		  	(b)	  	7.05
		  	(c)	  	7.01
		  	(d)	  	7.01
		  	(e)	  	6.11
	316	  	(a) (last sentence)	  	12.06
		  	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
		  	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
		  	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)	  	6.07
	317	  	(a)	  	(1) 6.08
		  	(a)(2)	  	6.09
		  	(b)	  	2.05
	318	  	(a)	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of July 6, 2018, among ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC., a Missouri
corporation (the “Escrow Issuer”), the Guarantors party hereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 

RECITALS 
 The Escrow
Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Indenture to provide for the issuance on the date hereof of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Escrow Issuer’s 6.375% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Original
Notes”) issued therefor as provided herein (the Original Notes and any Additional Notes (as defined below) together referred to herein as the “Notes”). All things necessary to make the Indenture a valid agreement of the
Escrow Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Escrow Issuer has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Escrow Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly issued by the Escrow
Issuer, the valid obligations of the Escrow Issuer as hereinafter provided. 
 THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of the Transferred Entities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and
the Transferred Assets (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement or any other Transaction Document (as defined in the
Acquisition Agreement). 
 “Acquisition Agreement” means the Acquisition Agreement dated as of January 15, 2018
between Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and the Company, as in effect on the Issue Date and as amended in accordance with its terms in a manner not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company or with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding; provided that, any increase or decrease in the acquisition consideration shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes so long as
(x) any increase is funded by cash on hand or proceeds of an offering of the Company’s equity, and (y) any decrease is applied to reduce Debt under (i) the New Credit Agreement, or (ii) the New Credit Agreement, the EUR
Notes (pursuant to the optional redemption provisions thereunder) and the Notes (pursuant to the provisions described under Section 3.07 on a pro rata basis). 

  
 1 

 “Additional Assets” means: 

(a) any Property (other than cash, cash equivalents, securities and inventory or other current assets), including any improvements thereto
through capital expenditures or otherwise, to be used, or that is useful, in a Permitted Business; 
 (b) Capital Stock of (i) a Person
that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of that Capital Stock by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer or (ii) any Person that at such time is
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (b), the Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; or 

(c) all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes, but excluding any Notes
issued pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or Appendix A in respect of the Original Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of
any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with that specified Person. 

For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the
foregoing. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value on such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Notes on July 15,
2021 (such redemption price being that described in paragraph 5 of the Notes), plus (B) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2021 computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury
Rate plus 50 basis points, over (ii) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Approved Bank” means (a) any lender
under the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement, (b) any United States domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (c) any bank (or parent thereof) whose short-term
commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof. 

“Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business), transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of: 

  
 2 

 (a) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying
shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law), 
 (b) all or substantially all the assets of any
division or line of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or 
 (c) any other Property of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, 
 other than, in the case of clause (a), (b) or
(c) above, 
 (i) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (ii) any disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment permitted
by Section 4.05; 
 (iii) any disposition effected in compliance with the first paragraph in Section 5.01; 

(iv) any disposition that does not (together with all related dispositions) involve assets having a Fair Market Value or
consideration in excess of $20.0 million; 
 (v) any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

 (vi) any disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment or property or equipment that is no longer
useful in the conduct of the business and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (vii) any disposition pursuant to a Sale and
Leaseback Transaction; 
 (viii) the creation or Incurrence of a Permitted Lien or any other Lien created or Incurred in
compliance with the covenant described in Section 4.06 and dispositions in connection therewith; 
 (ix) dispositions of
receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

(x) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by the covenant
described in Section 4.04; 

  
 3 

 (xi) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or a settlement, release or
surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) foreclosure on assets or property;

 (xiii) any disposition of assets pursuant to the Transactions, including pursuant to a Divestiture Action; 

(xiv) any grant of a non-exclusive license of trademarks, know-how, patents and any other intellectual property or intellectual property rights; 

(xv) any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock in, or Debt or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(xvi) the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or
sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

(xvii) the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business; 

(xviii) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as
required by applicable law; 
 (xix) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(xx) any exchange of like-kind property (excluding any securities) pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code that are used or
useful in a Permitted Business; 
 (xxi) condemnations or any similar action on assets; 

(xxii) dispositions of accounts receivable and related assets to a Securitization Subsidiary or to banks, investment banks,
insurance companies, mutual funds or other institutional lenders in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; and 

(xxiii) any non-recourse factoring of accounts receivable pursuant to a factoring
program sponsored by a retailer of national standing in partnership with a financial institution or otherwise entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with a financial institution. 

“Assumption” means the consummation of the Transactions whereby the Company assumes all of the obligations of the Escrow
Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B on or prior to the Escrow Release Date. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at any date of determination, 

  
 4 

 (a) if the Sale and Leaseback Transaction creates a Capital Lease Obligation, or Synthetic Lease
Obligation the amount of Debt represented thereby according to the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” or “Synthetic Lease Obligation,” as applicable, and 

(b) in all other instances, the greater of: 

(1) the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, and 

(2) the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the
lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease has been extended). 

“Authentication Agent” means an institution, reasonably acceptable to the Issuer, appointed by the Trustee to authenticate
the Notes. 
 “Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the
quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (a) the sum of the product of the numbers of years (rounded to the nearest
one-twelfth of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of that Debt or redemption or similar payment with respect to that Preferred Stock multiplied
by the amount of the payment by 
 (b) the sum of all payments of this kind. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” means a beneficial owner as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act, except that: 
 (a) a Person will be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of all shares that the Person has the right to acquire,
whether that right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, and 
 (b) for purposes of clause (a) of the definition
of “Change of Control,” any “person” or “group” (as those terms are defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the
purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, shall be deemed to be the Beneficial Owners of any Voting Stock of a corporation
or other legal entity held by any other corporation or legal entity (the “parent corporation”), so long as that person or group Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of that parent corporation. 

  
 5 

 The term “Beneficially Own” shall have a corresponding meaning. 

“Board of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or a duly
authorized committee of the board of directors; (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors (or other governing body) of the general partner of the partnership; (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing
member or members or any controlling committee or board of managers of such company or the Board of Directors of the sole member or the managing member thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person
serving a similar function. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in New York, New York or the city in which the corporate trust office of the Trustee is located are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of
this Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to
the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty, in each case. For purposes of Section 4.06, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of
corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participation, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in that Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or
exchangeable into that equity interest. 
 “Capital Stock Sale Proceeds” means the aggregate net proceeds (including the
Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or the Subsidiary for the benefit of
their employees) by the Issuer of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Existing Notes Effective Date, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, initial purchasers’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with the issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary: 
 (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition, 

  
 6 

 (b) U.S. Dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances
of any Approved Bank, in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from the date of acquisition, 
 (c) commercial paper and
variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent
thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, and maturing within 24 months of the date of acquisition, 

(d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any Approved Bank) or recognized securities dealer
having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having,
on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the repurchase obligations, 

(e) Investments (classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets) in money market investment programs registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 that are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $500 million and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subclauses hereof, 

(f) other short-term investments utilized by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with normal investment practices for cash
management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing, 
 (g) U.S. Dollars or foreign currencies held from time to time in the
ordinary course of business, and 
 (h) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in
instruments specified in clauses (a) through (g) above. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the
following events: 
 (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act
or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the
Exchange Act, becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (other than Energizer Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries prior to the Escrow Release Date);
provided, however, that an entity that conducts no other material activities other than holding Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and has no other material assets or liabilities other than such
Voting Stock will not itself be considered a “person” for purposes of this clause (a); or 

  
 7 

 (b) the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or
indirectly, of all or substantially all the Property of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of assets as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) shall
have occurred; or 
 (c) the shareholders of the Issuer shall have approved any plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement,
commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in commodity prices. 

“Company” means Energizer Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation, and its successors and assigns. 

“Company Commitment Letter” means the Commitment Letter dated July 6, 2018 by and between the Escrow Issuer and the
Company. 
 “Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated current liabilities
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Debt (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
revolving credit loans under any Credit Facility with a term of more than one year from the closing date thereof) and (b) any amounts thereof which are by their terms extendible or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more
than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being determined. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any
period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus 
 (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted (and not added back) in
determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of: 
 (i) consolidated interest expense (and, to the extent not reflected
therein, bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities) for such period (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations), 

(ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period, 

  
 8 

 (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization (including
amortization of deferred financing fees) for such period, 
 (iv) any non-cash
extraordinary charges for such period, 
 (v) any other non-cash charges (other than
the write-down or write-off of current assets, any additions to bad debt reserve or bad debt expense or any accruals for estimated sales discounts, returns or allowances) for such period, 

(vi) any losses for such period attributable to early extinguishment of Debt or obligations under any Swap Agreement, 

(vii) any net after-tax extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring losses, costs, charges
or expenses, 
 (viii) restructuring, business optimization costs, charges or reserves (including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives), recruiting fees, fees of restructuring or business optimization consultants, integration and nonrecurring
severance, relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, consolidation, transition, integration or other similar charges and expenses, contract termination costs, excess pension charges, system
establishment charges, start-up or closure or transition costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, fees, expenses
or charges relating to curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and litigation settlements or losses outside the ordinary course of business), 

(ix) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings (including, without limitation,
cost savings with respect to salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings), operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, initiatives and synergies (including
the modification and renegotiation of contracts and other arrangements), that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and projected by the Issuer in good faith and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to be reasonably
anticipated to be realizable as a result of actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken within 24 months after (and in each case, including any actions taken or initiated prior
to the Escrow Release Date, or the applicable consummation date of) any such Investment, acquisition (including the Transactions), disposition, merger, consolidation, reorganization or restructuring, transaction, cost savings initiative, other
initiative or event, and in each case, added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, initiatives and
synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions, provided that the aggregate amount added back

  
 9 

 
pursuant to this clause (ix) may not exceed, when aggregated with the amount of any increase for such period to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of
“pro forma basis,” 25% for any four fiscal quarter period of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any increase pursuant to such clause (ii) or this clause (a)( ix)), plus 

(x) any expense or charges incurred during such period in connection with any issuance of debt, equity securities or any
refinancing transaction, whether or not consummated, and minus 
 (b) without duplication 

(i) to the extent not deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, all cash payments made during such period on
account of non-cash charges that were or would have been added to Consolidated Net Income, and 

(ii) to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (A) any extraordinary gains and all non-cash items of income (other than normal accruals in the ordinary course of business) for such period and (B) any gains for such period attributable to early extinguishment of Debt or obligations under any
Swap Agreement or Hedging Obligation, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, 
 provided that
Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated so as to exclude the effect of any gain or loss that represents after-tax gains or losses attributable to any sale, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business, 
 provided further that for
the purposes of clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro
forma provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Fixed
Charges” means, for any period for the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, the sum, without duplication, of, 
 (a)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus 
 (b) Disqualified Stock Dividends paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued
during such period, excluding dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock, plus 
 (c) Preferred Stock Dividends paid, accrued or scheduled to
be paid or accrued during such period, excluding dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock. 

  
 10 

 “Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of: 
 (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending
prior to such determination date for which financial statements are required to be filed pursuant to Section 4.03 to 
 (b) Consolidated
Fixed Charges for those four fiscal quarters; 
 provided, however, that: 

(1) if: 

(A) since the beginning of that period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Debt that remains outstanding
or Repaid any Debt, or 
 (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage
Ratio involves an Incurrence or Repayment of Debt, 
 Consolidated Fixed Charges for that period shall be calculated after giving effect on a
pro forma basis to that Incurrence or Repayment as if the Debt was Incurred or Repaid on the first day of that period, provided that, in the event of any Repayment of Debt, Consolidated EBITDA for that period shall be calculated as if the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to Repay such Debt, and 

(2) if: 

(A) since the beginning of that period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Sale or an Investment
(by merger or otherwise) in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of Property which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, 

(B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio involves an Asset Sale,
Investment or acquisition, or 
 (C) since the beginning of that period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of that period) shall have made such an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, 

Consolidated EBITDA for that period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition
as if the Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of that period. 

  
 11 

 If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest
expense on that Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for the floating rate of interest on the date of determination had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate
Agreement applicable to that Debt if the applicable Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). In the event the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the Issuer shall be deemed, for purposes
of clause (1) above, to have Repaid during that period the Debt of that Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for that Debt after the sale. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all interest expense on
a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, but including, in any event, the interest component under Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and any premiums, fees, discounts, expenses and losses on the sale of accounts
receivable (and any amortization thereof) payable by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing. 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of all Debt
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Debt of the type described in clauses (d) and (h) of the definition of Debt, (on a pro forma basis reflecting any Incurrence of Debt and repayment of Debt made on such date) to
(b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Issuer for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for which
financial statements are required to be filed pursuant to Section 4.03. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, this ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of the
“Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations. 
 “Consolidated Net Income”
means, for any period, the net income or loss of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Person
(other than the Issuer) that is not a Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or similar cash distributions actually paid by such Person to the Issuer or, subject to clauses (b) and (c) below, any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, (b) the income of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) to the extent that, on the date of determination, the declaration or
payment of cash dividends or similar cash distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary is restricted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to
such Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the income or loss of, and any amounts referred to in clause (a) above paid to, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Issuer to the extent such income or loss or such amounts are
attributable to the noncontrolling interest in such Restricted Subsidiary, (d) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards
and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, (e) any gain or loss
(less all fees and expenses relating 

  
 12 

 
thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary course of business, (f) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, (g) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, (h) the
effects from applying purchase accounting, including applying purchase accounting to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements,
as a result of any other past or future acquisitions or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, (i) any fees and expenses paid in connection with the Transactions and other unusual or non-recurring gains or losses or income or expenses in connection with the Transactions and (j) any restructuring charges and any fees, expenses and charges related to the Transactions or any proposed or
consummated equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, Incurrence of Debt or recapitalization. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(i) for purposes of Section 4.05 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayment of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
to the extent the dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under that covenant pursuant to clause (c)(iv) thereof, and (ii) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Issuer) that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income, except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for any period shall be included without duplication, in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
aggregate amount of cash distributed by the Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or distribution. 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after
deducting therefrom (i) Consolidated Current Liabilities and (ii) (to the extent otherwise included therein) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangible assets, all as set forth on
the most recent quarterly or annual (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet (prior to the relevant date of determination) which is required to be filed pursuant to Section 4.03 of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a) the aggregate amount of all Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by Liens at the date of determination, other than secured Debt of the type described in clauses (d) and (h) of the definition of Debt, (on a pro
forma basis reflecting any Incurrence of Debt and repayment of Debt made on such date) to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Issuer for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, ending prior to the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio for which financial statements are required to be filed pursuant to Section 4.03. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for
purposes of this definition, this ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of the “Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations. 

  
 13 

 “Credit Agreement” means (i) until the Escrow Release Date, the Existing
Credit Agreement, and (ii) from and after the Escrow Release Date, the New Credit Agreement. 
 “Credit Facilities”
means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (1) the facilities provided in the Credit Agreement and (2) one or more debt or commercial paper facilities (including related Guarantees) with banks, investment banks,
insurance companies, mutual funds or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or receivables or inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to institutional lenders or to
special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from institutional lenders against those receivables or inventory); in each case together with any Refinancing thereof on any basis so long as such Refinancing constitutes Debt. 

“Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates. 

“Date of Determination” means the earliest date to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors of the
Company, in its good faith judgment, that the Escrow Release Date will not occur on or prior to the Outside Date, (ii) the Acquisition Agreement having been terminated in accordance with its terms, or (iii) the Outside Date. 

“Date of Determination Officer Certificate” means an Officers’ Certificate of the Escrow Issuer, which certificate shall
include a statement that the Date of Determination has occurred, a notice as to the amount of the Special Redemption Price, a statement instructing the Trustee to execute and deliver a Joint Payment Instruction and an acknowledgment to the effect
that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture to the Special Redemption have been complied with. 
 “Debt”
means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 
 (a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect
of: 
 (1) debt of the Person for money borrowed, and 

(2) debt evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which the Person is responsible
or liable; 
 (b) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of the Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale
and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Person; 
 (c) all obligations of the Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price
of Property, all conditional sale obligations of the Person and all obligations of the Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); 

  
 14 

 (d) all obligations of the Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit,
banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (a) through (c) above) entered into in the ordinary course of
business of the Person to the extent those letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, the drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by the Person of a demand for reimbursement
following payment on the letter of credit); 
 (e) the amount of all obligations of the Person with respect to the Repayment of any
Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of the Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 

(f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment
of which, in either case, the Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee; 

(g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of the Person
(whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of that Property or the amount of the obligation so secured; 

(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal
at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such person at such time); and 

(i) the amount of any obligations under a Permitted Receivables Financing to which such Person is a party. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt shall not include any customary earn-out obligations or other
contingent acquisition consideration until due and payable. The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at that date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence
of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at that date. 
 “Default” means any event
which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a
certificated Note bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend set forth in Section 2.3(c) of Appendix A. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash
consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate,
setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. 

  
 15 

 “Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale,
transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction and any sale or issuance of Capital Stock in a Restricted Subsidiary but excluding any sale or issuance of Capital Stock in the Issuer) of any Property by
any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding, for purposes hereof, (a) Dispositions of
obsolete, worn out or no longer useful property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (b) Dispositions of inventory, promotional materials and product displays in the ordinary course of
business, (c) Dispositions of equipment to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied
to the purchase price of such replacement property; (d) Dispositions of defaulted receivables in the ordinary course of business for collection, (e) any Involuntary Disposition and (f) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security
into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or otherwise: 
 (a)
matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, 
 (b) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable
at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or 
 (c) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for
Debt or Disqualified Stock, 
 on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

“Disqualified Stock Dividends” means all dividends with respect to Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any dividend of this kind shall be equal to the quotient of the dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory
consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of the Disqualified Stock. 

“Divestiture Action” means any sale, license, divestiture or other transfer of the assets or businesses or products or
product lines by any Person if necessary to obtain any requisite approvals, authorizations, consents, clearances, orders, licenses, permits, qualifications, exemptions or waivers from a governmental authority to permit the consummation of the
Acquisition prior to the termination date provided in the Acquisition Agreement. 

  
 16 

 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means, a Restricted Subsidiary that is any
direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 

“Equity Offering” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or (ii) a private equity
offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, other than any public offerings
registered on Form S-8. 
 “Escrow Account” means an account, under the control of
the Trustee, established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement that includes only cash, the proceeds thereof and interest earned thereon, free from all Liens other than the Lien in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes. 
 “Escrow Agent” means Barclays Bank PLC, New York branch. 

“Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Account Terms and Conditions, dated as of July 6, 2018, among the Escrow Issuer, the
Trustee and Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as escrow agent, and all documentation related thereto (including the Escrow Account Commercial Terms, the Escrow Account Security Procedures and all schedules and exhibits attached thereto), as the
same may be amended, supplemented or succeeded, from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. 
 “Escrow
Conditions” means the following conditions required to be satisfied to cause the release of the proceeds of the escrow account referred to in the Escrow Agreement. 

(1) the Acquisition shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the Release of the funds in the Escrow Account in accordance with the
terms of the Acquisition Agreement in all material respects and no provision of the Acquisition Agreement shall have been amended or waived or modified in a manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes, as determined in good faith by the
Company, without the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding; provided that, any increase or decrease in the acquisition consideration shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes
so long as (x) any increase is funded by cash on hand or proceeds of an offering of the Company’s equity and (y) any decrease is applied to reduce Debt under (i) the New Credit Agreement, or (ii) the New Credit Agreement,
the EUR Notes (pursuant to the optional redemption provisions thereunder) and the Notes (pursuant to the provisions described under Section 3.07) on a pro rata basis; 

  
 17 

 (2) (x) the satisfaction of all conditions precedent to initial funding of the New Credit
Agreement, consisting of (i) a senior secured first lien term loan facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,200 million and (ii) a $400 million senior secured first lien revolving credit facility, with terms consistent
in all material respects with those described in the Offering Memorandum; (y) the Incurrence of up to $1,200 million under the New Credit Agreement and the release to the Escrow Issuer, the Company or a Subsidiary thereof of such amount
from any applicable escrow arrangements thereto; and (z) the repayment and termination of the Existing Credit Agreement; 
 (3) the
Escrow Issuer shall merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity; 
 (4) upon such Release and after giving
effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (5) the funds held in escrow by the escrow agent relating to the EUR
Notes shall be released to, or at the direction of, the EUR Issuer, by the applicable escrow agent; and 
 (6) (a) the Company shall execute
and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto pursuant to which it shall assume the obligations of the Escrow Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, (b) the execution and delivery by each Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer that is required to provide a guarantee or is a borrower under the New Credit Agreement of (i) a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto pursuant to which it will become a Guarantor party to this
Indenture and (ii) a joinder agreement under which it will become a party to the Purchase Agreement and (c) the delivery by the Issuer of certain opinions of its counsel to the initial purchasers as specified in the Purchase Agreement.

 “Escrow Property” has the meaning given to that term in the Escrow Agreement. 

“Escrow Release Date” means the date of the Release. 

“EUR Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of July 6, 2018, as amended and supplemented, among the EUR Issuer, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and registrar and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as paying agent. 

“EUR Issuer” means Energizer Gamma Acquisition B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met
beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands. 
 “EUR Notes” the EUR Issuer’s 4.625%
Notes due 2026. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and
the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder. 

  
 18 

 “Existing Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement dated as of June 30,
2015, by and among the Company, the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. 

“Existing Notes” means the Company’s 5.500% Senior Notes due 2025. 

“Existing Notes Effective Date” means July 1, 2015. 

“Existing Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of June 1, 2015, as amended and supplemented, among the Company,
the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. 
 “Existing Notes
Offering Memorandum” means the Company’s final Offering Memorandum dated as of May 15, 2015 relating to the Existing Notes. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability, as
determined by an Officer of the Company in good faith. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification or in such
other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as in effect from time to time; provided that leases will be accounted for using the generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States in effect on the Issue Date and any changes in the accounting for leases after the Issue Date will be disregarded. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated,” with respect to any Person, shall mean
such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. If at any time the SEC permits or
requires U.S. domiciled companies subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act to use IFRS in lieu of GAAP for financial reporting purposes, the Issuer may elect by written notice to the Trustee to so use IFRS in lieu of GAAP and, upon
any such notice, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean (a) for periods beginning on and after the date specified in such notice, IFRS as in effect on the date specified in such notice and as in effect from time to time
(for all other purposes of this Indenture) and (b) for prior periods, GAAP as defined in the first sentence of this definition. 

“Global Note” means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons. 

  
 19 

 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of that Person: 

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) the Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions
or otherwise), or 
 (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole
or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include: 

(1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or 

(2) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as the Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a
Permitted Investment under clause (a), (b) or (i) of the definition of “Permitted Investment.” 
 The term
“Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means the Guarantors that execute a
Supplemental Indenture in the form of Exhibit B to this Indenture on the Escrow Release Date and each Restricted Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B or Exhibit C to this Indenture providing for the guarantee of
the payment of the Notes, any successor obligor under its Note Guaranty pursuant to Article 5, unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of that Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency
Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement. 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name the Note is registered on the Note register
described in Section 2.04. 
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create,
issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of that Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any Debt or obligation on the balance
sheet of that Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of that Person that
exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of that Debt; provided further, however, that any Debt or other obligations of a Person existing at the time the Person
becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by that Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and provided further, however, that solely for purposes of
determining compliance with Section 4.04, amortization of debt discount or premium shall not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt, provided that in the case of Debt sold at a discount or at a premium, the amount of the Debt Incurred
shall at all times be the aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity. 

  
 20 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking firm of national standing or any third party appraiser of
national standing, provided that the firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company. 
 “Interest Rate
Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates. 

“Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan (other than advances to customers and suppliers in the ordinary
course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of that Person), advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other Property to others or payments for Property or
services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other
Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor undertakes any Support Obligation with respect to Debt or other obligations of such other Person. For purposes of
Section 4.05, Section 4.10 and the definition of “Restricted Payment,” Investment shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in the Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any
Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that the Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of that Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to
have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary of an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (a) the Issuer’s Investment in that
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary)
of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of that Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation. 
 In determining the amount of any
Investment made by transfer of any Property other than cash, the Property shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of the Investment. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or, in the event S&P or Moody’s shall cease rating the Notes (for reasons outside the control of the Issuer) the Issuer shall select any other Rating Agency, the
equivalent of such ratings by such other Rating Agency. 
 “Involuntary Disposition” means the receipt by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation awards or expropriation compensation payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of its Property. 

  
 21 

 “Issue Date” means July 6, 2018. 

“Issuer” means (i) prior to the Escrow Release Date and the Assumption, the Escrow Issuer, and (ii) from and after
the Escrow Release Date and the Assumption, the Company, in each case until a successor replaces such party pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and
required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities. 
 “Joint Payment Instruction” means payment
instructions executed by the Escrow Issuer and the Trustee in the form attached as Schedule 2 to the Escrow Account Security Procedures of the Escrow Agreement. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to that Property (including any Capital Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or
any Sale and Leaseback Transaction). 
 “Material Disposition” means a Disposition where the aggregate consideration
therefor (including Debt assumed by the transferee in connection therewith, all obligations in respect of deferred purchase price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but excluding earnout or similar payments) and all other
consideration payable in connection therewith) exceeds $150.0 million. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Available Cash” from any Asset Sale means
cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, any cash payments received by way
of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Debt or other obligations
relating to the Property that is the subject of that Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of: 

(a) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees (including, without limitation, brokers’ or investment
bankers’ commissions or fees) and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of the Asset Sale, 

  
 22 

 (b) all payments made on any Debt that is secured by any Property subject to the Asset Sale, in
accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to that Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to the Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the
proceeds from the Asset Sale, 
 (c) all distributions and other payments required to be made to noncontrolling interest holders in
Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of the Asset Sale, and 
 (d) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a
reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property disposed in the Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Asset Sale, 

provided, that, to the extent that any portion of the consideration for an Asset Sale is required by contract to be held in a separate escrow or
deposit account to support indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, such portion of the consideration shall become Net Available Cash only at such time as it is released to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the
escrow or deposit account. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means with respect to any incurrence or issuance of Debt, the aggregate
principal amount actually received in cash by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection therewith, net of direct costs (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees and expenses, sales brokerage commissions and underwriting
discounts). 
 “Note Guaranty” means the guaranty of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Noteholder” has the meaning ascribed to it under the definition of Holder. 

“New Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Escrow Release Date by and among the
Company, the Escrow Issuer, to the extent a party thereto, the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the
borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Debt thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum relating to the offering of the Original Notes dated June 21,
2018. 
 “Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman, any President, the Chief
Accounting Officer, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary of the Issuer or any other officer designated by the Issuer’s Board of Directors. 

  
 23 

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the
Issuer, at least one of whom shall, in the case of an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Company, be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel
may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
 “Outside Date” means July 15, 2019. 

“Permitted Business” means any business that is reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable
extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged in on the Issue Date. 

“Permitted Investment” means any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in: 

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that
the primary business of the Restricted Subsidiary is a Permitted Business; 
 (b) any Person if as a result of the Investment that Person is
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its Property to, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business; 

(c) cash, Cash Equivalents and Temporary Cash Investments; 

(d) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of those advances ultimately to be treated
as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (e) loans and advances to directors, officers
and employees (i) made in the ordinary course of business (provided that those loans and advances do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time) or (ii) to finance the purchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer, in compliance with
applicable laws (provided that those loans and advances do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding); 
 (f) stock,
obligations or other securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; 

  
 24 

 (g) any Person to the extent the Investment represents the
non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.07; 

(h) Hedging Obligations permitted under clauses (v), (vi), (vii) or (xv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in
Section 4.04; 
 (i) customers or suppliers of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in the form of extensions of credit or transfers of
Property, to the extent otherwise constituting an Investment, and in the ordinary course of business and any Investments received in the ordinary course of business in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof; 

(j) any Person if the Investments (or binding commitments in respect thereof) are outstanding on the Issue Date and not otherwise described in
clauses (a) through (i) above; 
 (k) any securities, derivative instruments or other Investments of any kind that are acquired and held
for the benefit of Issuer employees in the ordinary course of business pursuant to deferred compensation plans or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that (i) the amount of such Investment
represents funds paid or payable in respect of deferred compensation previously included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income (and not excluded pursuant to clause (f) of the definition of “Consolidated Net
Income”), and (ii) the terms of such Investment shall not require any additional Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(l) any Person (other than an Affiliate) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million or (y) 11.0% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of Investment); 
 (m) any Investment acquired in exchange for shares of Capital Stock
of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the proceeds of such issuance shall be excluded from the definition of “Capital Stock Sale Proceeds”; 

(n) any receivable owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or
dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 

(o) any Investment (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of any Restricted Subsidiary of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (ii) in satisfaction of judgments or in compromise, settlement or resolution
of any litigation, arbitration or other dispute, or (iii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment
in default; 

  
 25 

 (p) Guarantees of Debt issued in accordance with Section 4.04; 

(q) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any nonqualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation
plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; 

(r) Investments in any person engaged in a Permitted Business in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million or
(y) 14.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of Investment); 
 (s) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) 7.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of Investment); 

(t) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) 7.0% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of Investment); 
 (u) Debt in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card
programs and other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (v) Investments in a Securitization Subsidiary that
are necessary or desirable to effect any Permitted Receivables Financing; and 
 (w) any Investment, if on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to such Investment, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 3.50 to 1.00. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, any
Investment that is a Permitted Investment hereunder may be transferred to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or exchanged for other assets of the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 

(a) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting a Lien, negative pledges) to secure Debt Incurred under clause
(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04, regardless of whether the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are actually subject to Section 4.04 at the time the Lien is Incurred; 

(b) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and deposits in
respect thereof if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any
reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 

  
 26 

 (c) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s,
repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or
are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; 
 (d) Liens on the Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money
bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, including banker’s liens and rights of set-off, in each case which are not Incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of Property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the operation of the
business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
 (e) Liens on Property at the time the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary acquired the Property, including Property acquired pursuant to the Acquisition or any other acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any
Lien of this kind may not extend to any other Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that the Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or
series of transactions pursuant to which the Property was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (f) Liens on the Property
of a Person at the time that Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any Lien of this kind may not extend to any other Property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a direct Subsidiary of
that Person (other than after-acquired property that is (a) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (b) subject to a Lien securing such Debt, the terms of which Debt requires or includes a pledge of after-acquired
property and (c) the proceeds and products thereof); provided further, however, that the Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Person became
a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (g) pledges or deposits by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under workers’ compensation laws,
unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure
public or statutory obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(h) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges), assignments and pledges of rights to receive
premiums, interest or loss payments or otherwise arising in connection with workers’ compensation loss portfolio transfer insurance transactions or any insurance or reinsurance agreements pertaining to losses covered by insurance, and Liens
(including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges) in favor of insurers or reinsurers on pledges or deposits by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation; 

  
 27 

 (i) Liens of landlords on fixtures, equipment and movable property located on leased premises and
utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character; 

(j) Liens arising out of judgments or awards against the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which the Issuer or the Restricted
Subsidiary shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceeding for review; 
 (k) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, stay,
appeal, indemnification, surety or similar bonds, completion guarantees or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business, provided that
these letters of credit do not constitute Debt; 
 (l) leases or subleases of real property granted by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
to any other Person and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(m) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting Liens, negative pledges) on intellectual property arising from
intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (n) Liens or negative pledges attaching to or related to
joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business, restricting Liens on interests in those joint ventures; 
 (o) Liens existing on the Issue
Date not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (n) above; 
 (p) Liens securing Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (xii) of the
definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04 on the Property purchased with the proceeds of such Debt; 
 (q) Liens on the
Property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (e), (f), (o) or (p) above or (x) below; provided, however, that any Lien
of this kind shall be limited to all or part of the same Property that secured the original Lien (together with improvements and accessions to such Property) and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by the Lien shall not be
increased to an amount greater than the sum of: 
 (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed
amount, of the Debt secured by Liens described under clause (e), (f), (o) or (p) above or (x) below, as the case may be, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and 

  
 28 

 (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and
defeasance costs, incurred by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Refinancing; 
 (r) Liens on cash or Temporary
Cash Investments held as proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Debt pending the payment, purchase, defeasance or other retirement of the Debt being Refinanced; 

(s) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (r) above securing obligations with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
the greater of $125.0 million or (y) 11.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of incurrence) at any one time outstanding; 

(t) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (v), (vi), (vii) or (xv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in
Section 4.04; 
 (u) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in
connection with the importation of goods; 
 (v) Liens on escrowed proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or
other Debt (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Debt or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the
payment of interest on such Debt and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose; 
 (w) Liens on
escrow accounts (including the Escrow Account) created for the benefit of or to secure, directly or indirectly, the Notes, the EUR Notes, or the Credit Agreement prior to satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions; 

(x) Liens (including, without limitation and to the extent constituting a Lien, negative pledges) to secure Debt so long as on a pro forma
basis the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.00 to 1.00; 
 (y) Liens (1) securing Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses
(xi) or (xiv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04 or (2) on assets of a Foreign Subsidiary securing Debt of a Foreign Subsidiary; 

(z) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (aa) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or
operating lease; 
 (bb) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the
Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity 

  
 29 

 
brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of
law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry; 

(cc) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of
intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture; 
 (dd) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy
and discharge Debt; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (ee) Liens in
connection with the sale or transfer of any equity interests or other assets in a transaction permitted under this Indenture, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

 (ff) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets and proceeds thereof arising in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;
and 
 (gg) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding supply chain finance programs or other
receivables sale transactions in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Permitted Receivables Financing” means any
receivables financing facility or arrangement pursuant to which a Securitization Subsidiary purchases or otherwise acquires accounts receivable of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and enters into a third party financing thereof on terms
that the Board of Directors has concluded are customary and market terms fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Permitted Refinancing Debt” means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt, including any successive Refinancings, so long
as: 
 (a) the new Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in
excess of the sum of: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate
accreted value) then outstanding of the Debt being Refinanced, and 
 (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums and defeasance costs, related to the Refinancing, 
 (b) the Average Life of the new Debt is equal to or greater than the
Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced, 

  
 30 

 (c) the Stated Maturity of the new Debt is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being
Refinanced, and 
 (d) the new Debt shall not be senior in right of payment to the Debt that is being Refinanced; 

provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include: 

(x) Debt of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or 

(y) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership,
joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference
with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of that Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by that Person. 

“Preferred Stock Dividends” means all dividends with respect to Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. The amount of any dividend of this kind shall be equal to the quotient of the dividend divided by the difference between one and the maximum statutory consolidated
federal, state and local income rate (expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer of the Preferred Stock. 

“Productive Assets” means assets (other than securities and inventory) that are used or usable by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in Permitted Businesses. 
 “pro forma basis” means, with respect to any computation hereunder
required to be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to any proposed Investment or other acquisition, any Material Disposition, any Restricted Payment or any payment of or in respect of any Debt (collectively, “Pro Forma Events”),
computation thereof after giving pro forma effect to adjustments in connection with such Pro Forma Event that are either (i) in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or (ii) made in
good faith by the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, and may include cost savings (including, without limitation, cost savings, workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings), operating expense reductions,
other operating improvements, initiatives and synergies that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and reasonably expected to result within 24 months following the consummation of the relevant Pro Forma Event, provided that the
aggregate amount of any increase in Consolidated EBITDA resulting from adjustments pursuant to this clause (ii) for any four 

  
 31 

 
fiscal quarter period of the Issuer, when aggregated with the amount of any addback to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(ix) of the definition thereof for such period, shall not exceed
25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (prior to giving effect to any increase pursuant to such clause (a)(ix) or this clause (ii)), in each case, using for purposes of making any such computation, the consolidated financial statements of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent applicable, the historical financial statements of any entities or assets so acquired or to be acquired, or so disposed or to be disposed), which shall be reformulated as if such Pro Forma
Event (and, in the case of any pro forma computations made hereunder to determine whether such Pro Forma Event is permitted to be consummated hereunder, to any other Pro Forma Event consummated since the first day of the period covered by any
component of such pro forma computation and on or prior to the date of such computation), and any Debt or other liabilities incurred in connection with any such Pro Forma Event, had been consummated and incurred at the beginning of such period. 

“Pro Forma Event” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “pro forma basis.” 

“Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of that Person in any kind of property, plant, equipment or other
asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its
Fair Market Value. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means the purchase agreement dated June 21, 2018 by and among the Escrow
Issuer, the Company and Barclays Capital, Inc., as representative (the “Representative”) of the initial purchasers therein, relating to the sale and purchase of the Notes. 

“Purchase Money Debt” means Debt: 

(a) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other
purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of the Debt does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the Property being financed, and 

(b) Incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or lease by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Property, including additions
and improvements thereto; 
 provided, however, that the Debt is Incurred within 365 days after the acquisition, construction or lease of the
Property by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not
Disqualified Stock. 

  
 32 

 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P, and if S&P or Moody’s
or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available (for reasons outside the control of the Issuer), a statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, nationally recognized in the United States and selected by the Issuer (as
certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer) which shall be substituted for S&P’s or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be. 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease or
retire, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, that Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 

“Release” means the release of funds from the Escrow Account by the Escrow Agent to, or at the order of, the Escrow Issuer
upon satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions and delivery of the Escrow Release Date Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 11.02(a). 

“Repay” means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire that Debt.
“Repayment” and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of Section 4.04 and Section 4.07 and the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio,” Debt shall be considered
to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently reduced in connection therewith. 

“Restricted Payment” means: 

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property) declared or paid on or with respect to any shares of
Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), except for any dividend or distribution that is made to the Issuer
or the parent of the Restricted Subsidiary or any dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; 

(b) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than
for or into Capital Stock of the Issuer that is not Disqualified Stock); 
 (c) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or
retirement for value, prior to the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Obligation (other than (i) any Subordinated Obligation Incurred under clause (iii) of the
definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04 and (ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or
other installment obligation, in each case under this subclause (ii) due within one year of the date of acquisition); 

  
 33 

 (d) any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any Person; or 

(e) the issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Issuer or another
Restricted Subsidiary if the result thereof is that the Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in which event the amount of the “Restricted Payment” shall be the Fair Market Value of the remaining interest, if
any, in the former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Issuer and the other Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means S&P
Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement relating to Property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers that Property to another Person and the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
leases it from that other Person together with any Refinancings thereof. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules
and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer: 

 

	 	(1)	that is designated a “Securitization Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors, 

  

	 	(2)	that does not engage in, and whose charter prohibits it from engaging in, any activities other than Permitted Receivables Financings and any activity necessary, incidental or related thereto, 

 

	 	(3)	no portion of the Debt or any other obligation, contingent or otherwise, of which: 

  

	 	(A)	is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, 

  

	 	(B)	is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way, or 

  

	 	(C)	subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, 

  
 34 

	 	(4)	with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such its financial condition or cause it to achieve
certain levels of operating results, 

 other than, in respect of clauses (3) and (4), pursuant to customary
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing. 

“Separation” means the separation of the household products business from Edgewell Personal Care Company (formerly known as
Energizer Holdings, Inc.) by the distribution of all of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock to the shareholders of Edgewell Personal Care Company on substantially the terms described in “The Separation and
Distribution” section of the Existing Notes Offering Memorandum. 
 “Separation Obligations” means indemnification
obligations of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in favor of Edgewell Personal Care Company, and/or its subsidiaries in connection with the Separation of the Company from Edgewell Personal Care Company, as described under “Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the Existing Notes Offering Memorandum. 
 “Significant Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Single Party Payment Instruction” means a payment instructions executed by the Trustee in the form attached to the Escrow
Agreement as Schedule 3 to the Escrow Account Security Procedures of the Escrow Agreement. 

“Spin-off Interim Ordinary Course Transactions” means any transaction entered into or
consummated by the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice, including any transaction with Edgewell Personal Care Company and its Subsidiaries, prior to the Existing Notes Effective Date.

 “Spin-off Internal Reorganization” means the internal reorganization undergone
on the terms described in “The Separation and Distribution––Internal Reorganization” in the Existing Notes Offering Memorandum. 

“Spin-off Transactions” means the Spin-off
Internal Reorganization and the Separation, the issuance of the Existing Notes and incurrence of borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect on the Existing Notes Effective Date. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the security as the fixed date on which the
payment of principal of the security is due and payable, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

  
 35 

 “Subordinated Obligation” means any Debt of the Issuer or the Guarantors
(whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement to that effect. 

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company),
association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by: 

(a) that Person, 
 (b) that Person
and one or more Subsidiaries of that Person, or 
 (c) one or more Subsidiaries of that Person. 

“Support Obligation” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing
or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct
or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of
such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Debt or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the
primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Debt or other obligation of the payment or performance
thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Debt or other obligation is
assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Debt to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Support Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related
primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Support Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.

 “Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or
similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or
any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of
the Issuer or any Subsidiary shall be a Swap Agreement. 

  
 36 

 “Synthetic Lease” means, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may
be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so
leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor. 
 “Synthetic Lease
Obligations” means, as to any Person, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (a) the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any Synthetic Lease which are attributable to principal and (b) the
amount of any purchase price payment under any Synthetic Lease assuming the lessee exercises the option to purchase the leased property at the end of the lease term. For purposes of Section 4.06, a Synthetic Lease Obligation shall be deemed
secured by a Lien on the Property being leased and such Property will be deemed to be owned by the lessee. 
 “Temporary Cash
Investments” means any of the following: 
 (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, 

(b) U.S.-dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) any lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) any domestic
commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million or (iii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent
thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (collectively, an “Approved Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than 364 days from the date of acquisition,

 (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate
notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by
Moody’s and maturing within twelve months of the date of acquisition, 
 (d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a
bank or trust company or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority
security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a Fair Market Value of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the repurchase obligations, 

(e) Investments (classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets) in money market investment programs registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 that are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subclauses hereof, and

  
 37 

 (f) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with
normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing. 
 “TIA” means the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that, in the event the TIA is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by
any such amendments, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. 
 “Transactions” means (a) the consummation of
the Acquisition, (b) the issuance of the Original Notes and the EUR Notes, the conversion of the proceeds of the EUR notes to U.S. dollars and the application of the aggregate net proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum,
(c) the delivery of collateral to any escrow accounts in connection with the Notes or the EUR Notes and entry into commitment letters by the Company in connection therewith, (d) entry into and incurrence of borrowings under the Credit
Agreement and the application of the net proceeds thereof, (e) the amendment of, repayment of and termination of the Existing Credit Agreement, (f) the merger of the Escrow Issuer with and into the Company, with the Company as the
surviving entity, and (g) all other transactions related or incidental to, or in connection with, any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the payment of fees and expenses in connection with each of the foregoing). 

“Treasury Rate” means, as obtained by the Issuer, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date
of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date
(or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to July 15, 2021; provided, however, that if the period from
such Redemption Date to July 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee, including any vice president, senior associate, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall
be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this
Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter,
means the successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time. 

  
 38 

 “United States” means the United States of America (including the states and the
District of Columbia) and its territories, possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means: 
 (a) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated after the Escrow Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as
permitted or required pursuant to Section 4.10 and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and 

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“U.S. Dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States. 

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars,
at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable foreign currency
as published by as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such
obligations) of the United States (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Issuer’s option. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of that
Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 

“Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary all the Voting Stock of which (except directors’
qualifying shares) is at that time owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and its other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.09
	 “Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “Allocable Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.07(c)
	 “Applicable Law”
	  	12.16
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.12(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.12(b)
	 “Change of Control Purchase Price”
	  	4.12(a)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)

  
 39 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depositary”
	  	Appendix A
	 “DTC”
	  	2.04
	 “Escrow Account”
	  	Section 11.01
	 “Escrow Release Date Officers’ Certificate”
	  	Section 11.02(a)
	 “Events of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.07(c)
	 “Initial Default”
	  	6.04
	 “Initial Escrow Deposit”
	  	11.01
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes”
	  	Recitals hereto
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	4.07(c)
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.07(c)
	 “Original Notes”
	  	Recitals hereto
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Prepayment Offer”
	  	4.07(c)
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	Section 2.07
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.03
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Representative”
	  	Definition of
“Purchase Agreement”
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.01(b)
	 “Special Redemption”
	  	3.08
	 “Special Redemption Date”
	  	3.08
	 “Special Redemption Price”
	  	3.08
	 “Surviving Person”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.01(b)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.01(b)

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to
those provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule
have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 

  
 40 

 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Debt; 

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be
the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be the greater of (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture is unlimited, subject to compliance with Sections 2.03 and 4.04. All Notes shall be identical in all respects other than issue prices, issuance dates and with respect to interest payable on the first interest payment date after issuance.

 Subject to Section 2.03, the Trustee shall authenticate the Original Notes for original issue on the Issue Date. With respect to any
Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, Original Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or Appendix A), the Issuer may
issue such Notes but only in compliance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the
Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes and the certificate of authentication included therein shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A which is hereby
incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage, provided
that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. The
Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 41 

 Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the
Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver: 

(a) (i) Original Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500.0 million, and (ii) Additional Notes
from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer, after the following conditions have been met: 

(A) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statement specified in Section 12.04)
specifying 
 (1) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, 

(2) in the case of Additional Notes, that the issuance of such Notes does not contravene Section 4.04, 

(3) whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Definitive Notes, and 

(4) other information the Issuer may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request. 

(B) In the case of Additional Notes that are not fungible with the Original Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such
Additional Notes shall bear a different CUSIP number, and the Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel that conforms with the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof and states that such Additional Notes are the legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee (or an Authentication Agent as described below) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

  
 42 

 The Trustee may appoint an Authentication Agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to
authenticate any Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authentication Agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authentication Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices
and demands. 
 Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of
their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents. 
 The
Issuer initially appoints The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer has entered into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided by DTC and the Trustee and
each Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent, additional paying agent or custodian (“Agent”) is hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and applicable procedures of DTC. Neither
the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 
 The Issuer may enter into an
appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer
shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07.
The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar. 

Initially, the Trustee will act as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes. 

The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided,
however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and
such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with
clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in
accordance with Section 7.08. 

  
 43 

 Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City
time, on any due date of the principal and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of
Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary
thereof acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and
to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 

Section 2.06. Noteholder Lists. The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish , or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment
date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that such
Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note, if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are
met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such
notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a
“protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Issuer, Trustee and/or the Authentication Agent, as applicable. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity
bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee (and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Authentication Agent, if not the Trustee) to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, any
co-registrar and the Authentication Agent, as applicable, from any loss or liability which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in
replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in
its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation
of the Issuer. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and
remedies of the Holders with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 

  
 44 

 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes
authenticated by the Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 12.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer
or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent
segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or
maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

Section 2.09. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Section 2.10. Cancellation. The
Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall
cancel and dispose of all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in its customary manner. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, except pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a
payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a
subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly deliver to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the
special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.12. CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code
Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code”
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code”
number that appears on any Note, check, advice of payment or redemption notice, and any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the 

  
 45 

 
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in such numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and that such redemption is being made pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes. 

The Issuer shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 35 days before the Redemption Date unless the Trustee
consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the
Notes to be redeemed by lot; provided that if the Notes are in global form, interests in such Global Notes will be selected for redemption by the applicable Depositary in accordance with its standard procedures therefor. The Trustee shall
make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall
be in amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer in writing
promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes (such date, a “Redemption Date”), the Issuer shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first-class mail, and in the case of
Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to
be redeemed (including any CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers) and shall state: 
 (a) the Redemption Date; 

(b) the redemption price or the information specified in clause (c) of paragraph 5 of the Notes; 

(c) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent; 

  
 46 

 (d) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the
redemption price; 
 (e) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the
particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion
thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (g) if the notice is conditioned upon one or more
conditions precedent, a description of such conditions, and a statement that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole
discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived) by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed; and 

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and
at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, any such request shall be received in writing by the Trustee at least five Business Days prior to the date on which such notice is to be given unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Any such
notice may be canceled if written notice from the Issuer of such cancellation is actually received by the Trustee on the Business Day immediately prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Noteholder or otherwise delivered in accordance
with the applicable procedures of the Depositary and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 If the Issuer elects to provide, in lieu of
the redemption price, the information specified in clause (c) of paragraph 5 of the Notes in the notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give the notice of the redemption price, in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense, one
Business Day prior to the Redemption Date. 
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Subject to satisfaction of any
conditions precedent specified in such notice, once notice of redemption is mailed or otherwise delivered, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to
the applicable Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the related interest payment date). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 

  
 47 

 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City
time on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the applicable Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption price of
and accrued and unpaid interest (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes
called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited
with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed. 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) The Notes shall be optionally redeemable as set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Any such redemption shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of this Article 3. 
 (b) Any redemption or notice of redemption issued pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes may, in the
Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. 
 Section 3.08. Special Redemption. In the event that
the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, that the Escrow Release Date will not occur on or prior to the Outside
Date, (ii) the Acquisition Agreement having been terminated in accordance with its terms, or (iii) the Outside Date, the Issuer shall redeem each Note (the “Special Redemption”), on the date that is five Business Days
after the Date of Determination (the “Special Redemption Date”), at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest from the Issue Date, or from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or provided for, to but not including, the Special Redemption Date (the “Special Redemption Price”). 

If the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to the Date of Determination, upon the receipt of the Date of Determination Officer
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture with respect to the Special Redemption have been complied with, which the Issuer is required to provide by the close of business on the
next Business Day following the Date of Determination, the Trustee will send a notice of such Special Redemption on behalf of the Escrow Issuer to the Holders of the Notes (in the form provided to it by the Escrow Issuer) on the second Business Day
after the Date of Determination. 
 If the Escrow Release Date has not occurred and the Trustee has not received a Date of Determination
Officer Certificate and the Opinion of Counsel described in the preceding paragraph prior to 5:00 pm (New York Time) on the Outside Date, the Trustee shall issue a notice of Special Redemption on the second Business Day following the Outside Date,
which notice will specify the fifth Business Day following the Outside Date as the Special Redemption Date. 

  
 48 

 Upon the deposit of funds sufficient to pay the Special Redemption Price of all Notes to be
redeemed on the Special Redemption Date with the Paying Agent no later than the Business Day prior to such Special Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest and all rights under the Notes shall terminate. The Escrow Issuer will not be
required to make a Special Redemption following the Release. After payment of the Special Redemption Price to the Holders of the Notes, any excess Escrow Property will be returned to the Issuer. 

ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01. Covenant Suspension. During any period of time from and after the Escrow Release Date that: 

(a) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and 

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, 

the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following Sections of this Indenture: Section 4.04, Section 4.05,
Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, clause (x) of the fourth paragraph of Section 4.10 and clause (e) of Section 5.01 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). In the event that the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the preceding sentence and, subsequently, one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to
the Notes below the required Investment Grade Ratings or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing (the date of such ratings withdrawal or downgrade or the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default, the “Reversion
Date”), then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants for all periods after that withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default and, furthermore, compliance with the
provisions of Section 4.05 with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of the withdrawal, downgrade, Default or Event of Default will be calculated in accordance with the terms of that covenant as though that covenant had been in
effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date, provided that there will not be deemed to have occurred a Default or Event of Default with respect to that covenant during the time (the “Suspension Period”) that
the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries were not subject to the Suspended Covenants (or after that time based solely on events that occurred during that time). Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the
amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.05. The Issuer will promptly give the Trustee written notice of any such suspension of covenants and in any event not later than five Business Days after
such suspension has occurred. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume that the Suspended Covenants are in full force and effect. 

  
 49 

 Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Permitted Liens under Section 4.06
during any Suspension Period and without limiting the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to Incur Debt during any Suspension Period, to the extent that calculations in Section 4.06 refer to Section 4.04, such
calculations shall be made as though Section 4.04 remains in effect during the Suspension Period. On the Reversion Date, all Debt Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.04(a) or
one of the clauses set forth in the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04 (to the extent such Debt would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Debt Incurred prior to the
Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Debt would not be permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.04(a) or one of the clauses set forth in the definition of “Permitted Debt” in
Section 4.04, such Debt will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Escrow Release Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 4.04. For purposes of
determining compliance with the covenant described in Section 4.07 on the Reversion Date, the Net Available Cash from all Asset Sales not applied in accordance with the covenant will be deemed to be reset to zero. No Subsidiaries may be
designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period. The Issuer will give the Trustee written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date not later than five Business Days after such Reversion Date. After any such notice of the
occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume that the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. 

Section 4.02. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the
manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all
principal and interest then due. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it
shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.03.
Reports. Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers: 
 (a) all quarterly
and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and 

(b) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were
required to file such reports; 

  
 50 

 provided that the electronic filing of the foregoing reports by the Issuer on the SEC’s EDGAR system
(or any successor system) shall be deemed to satisfy the Issuer’s delivery obligations to the Trustee and any Holder of Notes. 
 All
such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Issuer’s
consolidated financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Issuer will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above with the SEC for public availability within the
time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. 

If, at any time, the Issuer is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Issuer will
nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Issuer will not take any action reasonably
expected to cause the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Issuer’s filings for any reason, the Issuer will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website
within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC. 
 If, at any time, the Issuer does
not have a class of equity listed on a national securities exchange, the Issuer will schedule a conference call to be held reasonably promptly, but not more than ten Business Days following the release of each report containing the financial
information referred to in clause (a) above to discuss the information contained in such report. The Issuer will take reasonable steps to notify Holders of Notes about such call and provide them and prospective investors in the Notes with
instructions to obtain access to such conference call concurrently with and in the same manner as each delivery of financial statements pursuant to clause (a) above. 

In addition, the Issuer agrees that, if at any time it is not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs,
it will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for so long as the Notes are subject to
resale restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
 To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods
specified in this Section 4.03 and such information is subsequently provided, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured.

 Prior to the Escrow Release Date, delivery of the foregoing reports required in this Section 4.03 by the Company containing
financial information related to the Company shall be deemed to satisfy the obligations hereunder. 

  
 51 

 Section 4.04. Limitation on Debt. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt unless, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, either: 

(a) the Debt is Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect to the Incurrence of the Debt and the application of the
proceeds thereof on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Debt permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (a) by Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not the Guarantors may not, together with Debt incurred under clause (b)(xxii) below in respect thereof, exceed $100.0 million, or 

(b) the Debt is Permitted Debt. 

“Permitted Debt” means: 

(i) Debt of the Issuer or the EUR Issuer evidenced by the Notes (but not any Additional Notes) and the EUR Notes (but not any
additional EUR Notes), issued on the Issue Date, and in each case, guarantees (including any Additional Notes) thereof by the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(ii) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under the Credit Facilities up to an aggregate principal amount not
to exceed (1) the sum of (A) $1,600 million, and (B) the greater of (x) $600 million and (y) 100% of the Issuer’s aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters, which amount
shall be permanently reduced by the amount of Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale used to Repay Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (ii), pursuant to Section 4.07, minus (2) the aggregate amount outstanding at such time under Permitted
Receivables Financings incurred pursuant to clause (xxii); 
 (iii) Debt of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary and Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) any subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of that Debt (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of that Debt by the issuer thereof, and
(2) if the Guarantor is the obligor on that Debt and the Debt is owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Guarantor, the Debt is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes or
the applicable Note Guaranty; 
 (iv) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the date on which that Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by the Issuer or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary or Debt Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, a transaction or series of transactions
pursuant to which the Restricted Subsidiary became a 

  
 52 

 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer; provided that at the time that Person was acquired by the Issuer or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary
and after giving effect to the Incurrence of that Debt, (i) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.04 or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio is at
least equal to such ratio immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (v) Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into by
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk in the financial management of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes, provided that the obligations under those
agreements are related to payment obligations on Debt otherwise permitted by the terms of this Section 4.04; 
 (vi)
Debt under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements entered into by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of limiting currency exchange rate risks in the financial management of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary and not for
speculative purposes; 
 (vii) Debt under Commodity Price Protection Agreements entered into by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in the financial management of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; 

(viii) Debt in connection with one or more standby letters of credit or performance or surety bonds or completion guarantees
issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to self-insurance obligations and not in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit; 

(ix) Debt arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Debt Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or Capital Stock; provided, however, that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Debt shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such disposition; 
 (x) Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date, in
each case not otherwise described in clauses (i) through (ix) above and clauses (xv), (xvi), (xvii), (xviii) and (xix) below; 

(xi) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed
the greater of (x) $175.0 million or (y) 16.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of incurrence); 

  
 53 

 (xii) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in respect of
Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause outstanding at any one time may not exceed the
greater of (x) $175.0 million or (y) 16.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of incurrence); 

(xiii) Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred
under any other clause of this Section 4.04; 
 (xiv) Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million or (y) 9.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (measured at the time of incurrence); 

(xv) Debt under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);

 (xvi) Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
health, disability or other employee benefits or property or casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion or performance of guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided
in the ordinary course of business, and any letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing; 
 (xvii)
(a) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished,
refinanced or otherwise covered within five Business Days of Incurrence or (b) Debt owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks or financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business that arises in connection
with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (xviii) shares of Preferred
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not
permitted by this clause (xviii); 
 (xix) Debt to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease
or to satisfy and discharge the Notes in each case in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture; 

  
 54 

 (xx) Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred in respect of Debt Incurred pursuant to
clause (a) of this Section 4.04 and clauses (i), (iv) and (x) above or this clause (xx); 
 (xxi) the
Separation Obligations; 
 (xxii) Debt under any Permitted Receivables Financing outstanding on or Incurred after the Issue
Date; and 
 (xxiii) Debt incurred in connection with the assumption of any Assumed Liabilities (as defined in the
Acquisition Agreement). 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the Incurrence of Debt in U.S. Dollars where Debt
is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Debt will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of such determination. The principal amount of any Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred in the same currency as the Debt
being Refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Debt Refinanced determined on the date such Debt being Refinanced was initially Incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.04, for purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.04, increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum amount that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur under any of clauses
(i) through (xxii) of this Section 4.04. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04: 

(A) in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, the Issuer, in
its sole discretion, will classify such item of Debt at the time of Incurrence and only be required to include the amount and type of such Debt in one of the above clauses; and 

(B) the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify and reclassify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of Debt
described above; provided that Debt outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Escrow Release Date shall at all times be treated as Incurred under clause (ii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and may not be
reclassified. 
 Section 4.05. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment, 

(a) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 

(b) the Issuer could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.04, or 

  
 55 

 (c) the aggregate amount of that Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or
made after the Existing Notes Effective Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value) would exceed an amount equal to the sum of: 

(i) 50% of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from
October 1, 2015 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment and for which reports are required to be provided under Section 4.03 (or if the aggregate amount of Consolidated Net Income
for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 
 (ii) Capital Stock Sale Proceeds
received after the Existing Notes Effective Date, plus 
 (iii) the sum of: 

(A) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale after the
Existing Notes Effective Date of convertible or exchangeable Debt that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, and 

(B) the aggregate amount by which Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated
balance sheet on or after the Existing Notes Effective Date upon the conversion or exchange of any Debt issued or sold on or prior to the Existing Notes Effective Date that is convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer, 
 excluding, in the case of clause (A) or (B): 

(x) any Debt issued or sold to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees, and 
 (y) the aggregate amount of any cash
or other Property distributed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange, plus 
 (iv)
an amount equal to the sum of: 
 (A) the net reduction in Investments in any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of Property made after the Existing Notes Effective Date, in each case to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from that Person, less the cost of the
disposition of those Investments, and 

  
 56 

 (B) the lesser of the net book value or the Fair Market Value of the
Issuer’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time the Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that such designation occurs after the Existing Notes Effective Date); 

provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person, the amount of Investments previously made
(and treated as Restricted Payments) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in that Person, and 
 plus 

(v) any cash dividends or cash distributions received directly or indirectly by the Issuer or a Guarantor after the Existing
Notes Effective Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income (other than to the extent such distribution represents a return of capital and the Investment
in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (j) of the second paragraph of this covenant or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Issuer may: 

(d) declare or pay dividends on its Capital Stock or distributions, or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption, within 60 days after the
date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if, on said date of declaration or redemption notice, such dividends, distributions or redemption, as the case may be, could have been paid
in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that the dividend, distribution and redemption shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(e) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock of the Issuer or Subordinated Obligations in
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or
trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees); provided, however, that 

(1) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be excluded in the calculation of
the amount of Restricted Payments, and 
 (2) the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from the exchange or sale shall be excluded
from the calculation pursuant to clause (c)(ii) above; 
 (f) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value any
Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt (in the case of Subordinated Obligations only) or Disqualified Stock; provided,
however, that the purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

  
 57 

 (g) pay scheduled dividends (not constituting a return on capital) on Disqualified Stock issued
pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.04 provided, however, that such dividends shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(h) permit a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to pay dividends to shareholders of that Restricted Subsidiary that
are not the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary receives dividends on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary that is the parent of that Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis; 

(i) make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into
Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(j) make repurchases of shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of
options to purchase shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, warrants, other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) if such shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer
represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other rights and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to a director or an employee to pay for the taxes payable by
such director or employee upon such grant or award; provided, however, that such repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(k) repurchase shares of, or options to purchase shares of, common stock of the Issuer from current or former officers, directors or employees
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such current or former officers, directors or employees), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including employment agreements) or plans approved by the Board of Directors under
which such individuals acquire shares of such common stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases shall not exceed $30.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year carried
over to succeeding calendar years) and provided further, however, that such repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(l) purchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Obligations upon a Change of Control of the Issuer or an Asset
Sale by the Issuer, to the extent required by any agreement pursuant to which such Subordinated Obligations were issued, but only if the Issuer has previously made the offer to purchase Notes required under Section 4.07 or Section 4.12 and
has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and now withdrawn in connection with such offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.12; provided, however, that such payments shall be included in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

  
 58 

 (m) make other Restricted Payments not to exceed $150.0 million in the aggregate (measured
at the time of incurrence); provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(n) declare or pay dividends on common stock of the Issuer of up to $100.0 million in any fiscal year of the Issuer so long as at the
time of, and after giving effect to such divided no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided, however, that the dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(o) make any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.04 and constitutes Refinancing Debt; 
 (p) so long as no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing or will result therefrom, make other Restricted Payments if, immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payments (including the Incurrence of any Debt to finance such payment), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio
would not be greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided, however, that such repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(q) make payments in connection with the Transactions prior to or on or about the Escrow Release Date, any payments made in connection with
the Spin-Off Transactions or on or about the Existing Notes Effective Date, and any payments made in connection with the Spin-Off Interim Ordinary Course Transactions or
the Spin-Off Internal Reorganization prior to the Existing Notes Effective Date; provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payment;
and 
 (r) make payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or
transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Issuer; provided, however, that such payments shall
be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. 
 Section 4.06. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer shall not,
and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its Property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date
or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom unless (a) it has made or will make effective 

  
 59 

 
provision whereby the Notes will be secured by that Lien equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by that Lien or (b) in the
case of Liens securing subordinated obligations or a Guarantor’s subordinated obligations, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior to such Liens. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall be automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above. 

Section 4.07. Limitation on Asset Sales. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless: 

(i) the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair
Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale; 
 (ii) at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Issuer or the
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes) as a result of which the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities; and 

(iii) the Issuer delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the
foregoing clauses (i) and (ii). 
 For the purposes of this Section 4.07: 

(1) securities or other assets received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after the closing of such Asset Sale shall be considered to be cash to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; 

(2) any cash consideration paid to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale that is held in
escrow or on deposit to support indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in respect of such Asset Sale shall be considered to be cash; 

(3) Productive Assets received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale shall be considered
to be cash; 

  
 60 

 (4) the requirement that at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Issuer or
the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or assumed liabilities shall also be considered satisfied if the cash or Cash Equivalents received constitutes at least 75% of the consideration
received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale, determined on an after-tax basis; and 

(5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with the Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of Asset Sales that is at that time
outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million or (y) 3.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall be considered to be cash. 

(b) The Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt): 
 (i) to Repay secured Debt of the
Issuer or a Guarantor (and if the secured Debt being repaid is revolving credit Debt, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto), or any Debt of a non-Guarantor Restricted
Subsidiary (excluding, in any such case, any Debt that is owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer); 
 (ii) to Repay
other Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Obligations and Debt owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) so long as the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Notes (i) on a pro
rata basis pursuant to Section 3.07, (ii) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (iii) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for
a Prepayment Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(iii) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary
with Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary), 
 provided, however, that the Net Available Cash (or any
portion thereof) from Asset Sales from the Issuer to any Subsidiary must be reinvested in Additional Assets of the Issuer. 
 (c) Any Net
Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash or that the Issuer earlier elects to so designate shall constitute “Excess
Proceeds,” provided, however, that a binding commitment to reinvest in Additional Assets pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of this Section 4.07 shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date
of such commitment; provided that 

  
 61 

 
(i) such reinvestment is consummated within 180 days of the end of the 365 day period referred to in this sentence, and (ii) if such reinvestment is not consummated within the period set
forth in subclause (i) or such binding commitment is terminated, the Net Available Cash not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. 

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not previously subject to a Prepayment Offer (as defined below) exceeds $35.0 million
(taking into account income earned on those Excess Proceeds, if any), the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase (the “Prepayment Offer”) the Notes, which offer shall be in the amount of the Allocable Excess Proceeds,
on a pro rata basis according to principal amount, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net
Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence and provided that all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance with this Indenture, the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary may use the remaining amount for any purpose permitted by this Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 

The term “Allocable Excess Proceeds” will mean the product of: 

(a) the Excess Proceeds, and 
 (b)
a fraction, 
 (1) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the
Prepayment Offer, and 
 (2) the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding
on the date of the Prepayment Offer and the aggregate principal amount of other Debt of the Issuer outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes and subject to terms and conditions in
respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to the covenant described hereunder and requiring the Issuer to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer. 

(c) (1) Not later than five Business Days after the Issuer is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer as described in clause (c) of this
Section 4.07, the Issuer shall send, or cause to be sent, a written notice, by first-class mail (or electronic transmission in the case of Notes held in book-entry form), to the Holders of Notes, with a copy to the Trustee, accompanied by
information regarding the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as the Issuer in good faith believes will enable the Holders to make an informed decision with respect to that Prepayment Offer. The notice shall state, among other things, the purchase price and
the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date the notice is delivered. 

  
 62 

 (2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Prepayment Offer is
delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Prepayment Offer (the “Offer Amount”), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash
from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Prepayment Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of clause (c) of this Section 4.07. On or before the purchase date, the Issuer shall also
irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Temporary Cash Investments (other than those enumerated in clause (b) of the definition
of “Temporary Cash Investments”), maturing on the last day prior to the purchase date or on the purchase date if funds are immediately available by open of business, an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance
with the provisions of this Section. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Prepayment Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that
have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the purchase date, mail or, in the case of Global Notes, deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of its pro rata share of
the Offer Amount. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the
expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section. 
 (3) Holders electing to have a Note
purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered
for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount,
the Notes shall be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be necessary so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter, shall be purchased), provided that if the Notes are
in global form, interests in such Global Notes will be selected for repurchase by the applicable Depositary in accordance with its standard procedures. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

  
 63 

 (4) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee that are to be accepted
for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for
purchase at the time the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent mails or, in the case of Global Notes, delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 

(d) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Issuer will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue thereof. 

Section 4.08. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(a) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, or pay any Debt or other
obligation owed, to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividend or liquidating distributions prior to the dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on
common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock), 
 (b) make any loans or advances to
the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a
restriction on the ability to make loans or advances), or 
 (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its Property to the Issuer or any other
Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (a) or (b) above). 

The foregoing limitations will not apply to restrictions: 

(i) (a) in effect on the Issue Date, including, but not limited to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes Indenture
and the EUR Indenture, and (b) under the New Credit Agreement; 
 (ii) relating to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary
existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which that Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary
or was acquired by the Issuer; 

  
 64 

 (iii) that result from any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal,
supplement, extension, replacement or Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, in clause (vi), (vii) or (x) below or this clause (iii), provided that the restriction contained in
such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, extension, replacement or Refinancing is not materially more restrictive (as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Board of Directors), taken as a whole, than the restrictions
of the same type contained in the agreements or instruments referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (vi), (vii) or (x) or this clause (iii), as applicable; 

(iv) resulting from the Incurrence of any Permitted Debt as defined in Section 4.04, provided that the restriction
is no less favorable to the Holders of Notes in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Board of Directors) than the restrictions of the same type contained in this Indenture; 

(v) existing by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(vi) with respect to clause (c) above only, relating to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also
securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.04 and Section 4.06 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing that Debt; 

(vii) encumbering Property at the time the Property was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the
restriction relates solely to the Property so acquired and was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the acquisition; 

(viii) resulting from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in other
agreements (including, without limitation, intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business) that restrict assignment of the agreements or rights thereunder; 

(ix) which are customary restrictions contained in asset sale agreements limiting the transfer of Property pending the closing
of the sale; 
 (x) existing pursuant to any Debt Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary, which restrictions are customary for a
financing of such type, and which are otherwise permitted under this Indenture, provided, however, that the Issuer’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that such restrictions are not reasonably likely to impair the Issuer’s
ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes; or 
 (xi) existing by reason of this Indenture, the Notes, and
the Note Guarantees; 
 (xii) with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture
agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xiii) on cash or other deposits
or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 65 

 (xiv) in the case of the provision described in clause (c) of the first
paragraph of this covenant; arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Debt, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof in any manner material to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
 (xv) contained in Hedging Obligations;
and 
 (xvi) constituting customary restrictions with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary, pursuant to the terms of a
Permitted Receivables Financing. 
 Section 4.09. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Issuer shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of
any Property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving payments in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 

(a) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, taken as a
whole, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer, and 

(b) if the Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $25.0 million, the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors) approves the Affiliate Transaction and, in its good faith judgment, believes that the Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) of this paragraph as evidenced by a resolution
of the Board of Directors promptly delivered to the Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary may enter into or suffer to exist the following: 
 (a) any transaction or series of transactions between the Issuer and one or
more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to
Section 4.05 or any Permitted Investment; 
 (c) any reasonable or customary employment, consulting, service, severance, termination
agreement, employee benefit plan, compensation arrangement, indemnification arrangement, or any similar arrangement entered into by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary with a current or former director, officer or employee of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary and payments related thereto; or any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements,
options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, restricted stock plans, restricted stock unit plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on
behalf of directors, officers and employees of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 

  
 66 

 (d) (i) reimbursement of employee travel and lodging costs and other business expenses incurred
in the ordinary course of business and (ii) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with applicable laws and consistent with the past practices of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be; 
 (e) any issuance of shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; 

(f) any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal thereto (so long as such
amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal is not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes) or any transaction contemplated thereby; 

(g) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated
with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition,
merger or consolidation, and so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal, when taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, in the reasonable determination of two Officers of the Issuer
(as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate), than the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(h) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of two Officers of the Issuer (as evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate), such transactions are on terms that are not materially less favorable, when taken as a whole, to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; 
 (i) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
delivers to the Trustee a letter or opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less
favorable, when taken as a whole, than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate; 

  
 67 

 (j) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 

(k) any service, purchase, lease, supply or similar agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation,
pursuant to any joint venture agreement) between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is a customer, client, supplier, purchaser or seller of goods or services, so long as the Issuer
determines in good faith that any such agreement is on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an entity that is not an
Affiliate; 
 (l) pledges of equity interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries to secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 

(m) transactions entered into as part of a Permitted Receivables Financing on customary terms (as determined by the Issuer’s Board of
Directors). 
 Section 4.10. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Company may
designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated does not own any
Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, 
 (b) immediately
before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and 
 (c) any of the following: 

(i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less, or 

(ii) if the Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then the designation would be permitted under
Section 4.05. 
 Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company will be
classified as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Subsidiary shall not be designated a Restricted Subsidiary and shall be automatically classified as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if the Person is a Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 Except as provided in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph, no Restricted Subsidiary may be
redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In addition, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice
or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or 

  
 68 

 
payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary in existence and classified as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary is liable for that Debt (including any right to take enforcement action against that Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving
effect on a pro forma basis to the designation, 
 (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to
clause (a) of Section 4.04, and 
 (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would result therefrom. 
 Any designation or redesignation of this kind by the Board of Directors of the Company will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to the designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate that: 

(a) certifies that the designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions, and 

(b) gives the effective date of the designation or redesignation, and the filing with the Trustee to occur no later than the time period for
which reports are required to be provided under Section 4.03 for the fiscal quarter of the Company in which the designation or redesignation is made. 

Section 4.11. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any Property unless: 
 (a) the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary would
be entitled to: 
 (i) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to that Sale and Leaseback
Transaction pursuant to Section 4.04, and 
 (ii) create a Lien on the Property securing that Attributable Debt without
also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, and 
 (b) the Sale and Leaseback Transaction is effected in compliance with
Section 4.07 after treating all the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction as Net Available Cash of such covenant. 

Section 4.12. Change of Control.(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to
require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of  

  
 69 

 
Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to, but excluding, the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent by first-class mail (or electronic transmission
in the case of Notes held in book-entry form), with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note register, a notice stating: (A) that a Change of Control has occurred and a Change of
Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for repurchase; (B) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary
requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and (C) the procedures that Holders of Notes must
follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment. 

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed and attached to
the Note, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered for purchase by
the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. 
 (d) On or prior to the Change of
Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with either the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) in cash an amount equal to the
Change of Control Purchase Price payable to the Holders entitled thereto, to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee the Notes or portions
thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer for payment. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Change of Control Payment Date, mail or, in the case of Global Notes, deliver payment to each tendering
Holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price. In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price is less than the amount delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (e) The Issuer will not be required to make a
Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) 

  
 70 

 
notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable
redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place
for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 
 (f) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof. 

(g) The Issuer shall have the right to redeem the Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
following the consummation of a Change of Control if at least 90% of the Notes outstanding prior to such consummation are repurchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer with respect to such Change of Control. 

Section 4.13. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon the reasonable written request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and
deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 4.14. Additional Note Guarantees. If any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer guarantees or becomes an obligor
under the New Credit Agreement after the Escrow Release Date, such Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) within 30 days execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Note Guaranty by such Restricted Subsidiary in the
form of Exhibit C hereto and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (a) such Note Guaranty has been duly executed and authorized; and (b) such Note Guaranty constitutes a valid,
binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement
thereof is subject to general principals of equity; provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. Each Note Guaranty shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.09. 

Section 4.15. Existence. The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time), and the material rights, licenses and franchises of the Issuer and
each Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the 

  
 71 

 
Issuer is not required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof, in the judgment of the Issuer,
is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 4.07 or Article
5. 
 Section 4.16. Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Issuer will pay or discharge, and cause each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and
(ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount,
applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established. 

Section 4.17. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. The Issuer will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its
business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of
any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 4.18. Annual Officer’s Certificate as to Compliance. Not later than June 1 every year, beginning
with June 1, 2019, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate (which need not comply with Section 12.05 of this Indenture) executed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer
of the Issuer as to such officer’s knowledge of the Issuer’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under
this Indenture. 
 Section 4.19. Limitation on Accounts Receivables Facilities. The Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of accounts receivable to a Securitization Subsidiary; provided that (i) the sale, transfer or other disposition is in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing and (ii) the aggregate
consideration received in each such sale, transfer or other disposition is at least equal to the fair market value of the receivables sold. 

Section 4.20. Activities Prior to the Escrow Release Date. 

(a) Prior to the Escrow Release Date, the primary activities of the Escrow Issuer shall be restricted to issuing the Notes, incurring Debt
under the New Credit Agreement, issuing capital stock to, and receiving capital contributions from, a direct or 

  
 72 

 
indirect parent entity, performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under this Indenture, the Escrow Agreement, the New Credit Agreement and any escrow arrangement thereto, redeeming the
Notes, the repayment of obligations under the New Credit Agreement, if applicable, and the repayment of any Debt outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, and conducting such other activities as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the
activities described in this Section 4.20(a). 
 (b) Prior to the Escrow Release Date, the Escrow Issuer will not own, hold or otherwise
have any interest in any assets other than the Escrow Account and cash and Cash Equivalents, its rights under the Escrow Agreement, this Indenture and the New Credit Agreement, any applicable escrow arrangements and all related escrow accounts
thereto. Prior to the Escrow Release Date, the Escrow Issuer shall not engage in any business activity or enter into any transaction or agreement (including, without limitation, making any restricted payment, Incurring any Debt (other than the Notes
and the New Credit Agreement), incurring any Liens, except to secure the Notes, the New Credit Agreement or any escrow arrangements with respect thereto, entering into any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or
engaging in any transaction with its Affiliates, other than the merger with the Company) except in the ordinary course of the primary activities described in this Section 4.20 or as necessary or advisable (as determined by the Escrow Issuer) to
effectuate the Transactions. 
 (c) On and following the Escrow Release Date, all covenants set forth in this Indenture and the Notes will be
deemed to have been applicable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (but only at such time as such entities are Restricted Subsidiaries) as if in effect throughout the period from the Issue Date through the Escrow Release Date. Each
Person, if any, that is not intended to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company following the Escrow Release Date will be automatically designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary when it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, and such designation will
not be treated as a Restricted Payment. Such Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be party to this Indenture, will not Guarantee the Notes and will not be subject to the covenants in this Indenture or the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt,
(i) all restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture and the Notes will not be applicable to each of the Transferred Entities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) prior to becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on the Escrow
Release Date and (ii) if the Escrow Release Date does not occur, the covenants of this Indenture and the Notes will not be considered applicable to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary. 

ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER 

Section 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Issuer shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any
other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of transactions unless: 

  
 73 

 (a) the Issuer shall be the surviving Person (the “Surviving Person”) or the
Surviving Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by that merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which that sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (b) the Surviving Person (if other than the Issuer) expressly
assumes, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee by that Surviving Person, in the case of a Surviving Person formed by the merger, consolidation or amalgamation with the Issuer or to which the sale, transfer, assignment,
lease, conveyance or disposition is with respect to all or substantially all of the Property of the Issuer, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Notes, according to their tenor, and the due
and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Issuer; 
 (c) in the
case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the Property of the Issuer, that Property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one Person; 

(d) immediately before and after giving effect to that transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes
of this clause (d) and clause (e) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of that transaction or series of transactions as having been
Incurred by the Surviving Person or the Restricted Subsidiary at the time of that transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(e) immediately after giving effect to that transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis, the Issuer or the Surviving Person (if
the Surviving Person was previously the Issuer), as the case may be, (i) would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under clause (a) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under Section 4.04 or (ii) the
Consolidated Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio of the Issuer or the Surviving Person (if the Surviving Person was previously the Issuer), as applicable, would be greater than or equal to such ratio immediately prior to such transaction, provided,
however, that this clause (e) shall not be applicable to the Issuer merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in a State of the United States or
changing the name of the Issuer so long as the amount of Debt of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby; and 

(f) unless the Issuer is the Surviving Person, the Issuer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent
herein provided for relating to the transaction and the execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture, as applicable, have been satisfied. 

  
 74 

 The Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of the Issuer, under this Indenture, but the predecessor company in the case of: 
 (a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or
other disposition (unless that sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Issuer, as an entirety), or 

(b) a lease, 
 shall not be released from any
obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes. 
 Section 5.02. When Guarantors May Merge or
Transfer Assets. No Guarantor may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person; or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of
transactions; or permit any Person to merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into the Guarantor unless: 
 (a) the other Person is the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or 
 (b) (i) either
(x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guaranty; and 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or 

(c) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or
disposition of all or substantially all the Property of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture; and 

(d) unless the Guarantor is the continuing Person, the Guarantor shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent
herein provided for relating to the transaction have been satisfied. 
 Section 5.03. Application to the Consummation of the
Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article, the foregoing does not apply to the consummation of the Transactions. 

  
 75 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. The following events shall be “Events of Default”: 

(a) the Issuer fails to make the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and that failure continues for a
period of 30 days; 
 (b) the Issuer fails to make the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when the same becomes
due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise; 
 (c) the
Issuer fails to comply with Article 5; 
 (d) the failure by the Escrow Issuer to pay or cause to be paid the Special Redemption Price on the
Special Redemption Date; 
 (e) the Issuer or any Guarantor fails to comply with any other covenant or agreement in the Notes or in this
Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clause (a), (b), (c) or (d)) and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice is given to the Issuer as specified below; 

(f) a default under any Debt by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of that Debt, or failure
to pay any Debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time; 
 (g)
any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded) that shall be rendered against the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary and that shall not be waived, satisfied, annulled, discharged or rescinded for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; 

(h) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(i) commences a voluntary case; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

  
 76 

 or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(ii) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(iv) grants any similar relief under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days; 

(j) except as permitted under this Indenture, any Note Guaranty of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, other than
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty if, and only if, in each such case, such default continues for 10 days; or 

(k) at any time prior to the Escrow Release Date, the Escrow Issuer defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any material covenant or
agreement of the Escrow Issuer in the Escrow Agreement, or the Lien on the property in the Escrow Account ceases to be perfected or have the priority intended to be provided in the Escrow Agreement, or the Escrow Agreement ceases to be in full force
and effect or the Escrow Issuer asserts the invalidity thereof. 
 A Default under clause (c) or (e) is not an Event of Default until
the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding notify the Issuer of the Default and the Issuer does not cure that Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice (the
“Notice of Default”). The notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.” 

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’
Certificate of any event that with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections
6.01(h) or 6.01(i) with respect to the Issuer) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the registered Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding may, by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee,
declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of 

  
 77 

 
acceleration. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) with respect to the Issuer
occurs, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes. After any such acceleration but before a
judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by notice to the Trustee and the Issuer, rescind and annul any declaration of acceleration
(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived (other than nonpayment of principal, premium, or interest that has become due solely because of the
acceleration), and (iii) there has been deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel
incurred in connection with the rescinded Event of Default. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

In the event of a default under the Escrow Agreement, the Holders shall have the right to direct the exercise of the remedies of the Trustee
under the Escrow Agreement. In the event of an acceleration of the principal of and interest on the Notes prior to the termination of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee shall deliver a Single Party Payment Instruction to the Escrow Agent, directing
the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Property to the Trustee pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The Trustee will distribute such Escrow Property pursuant to the priorities described in Section 6.10. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to
collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal of
or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder adversely affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. If a Default is deemed to occur solely as a consequence of the existence of another Default (the “Initial Default”), then, at the time such Initial Default is
cured (including the payment of default interest, if any), the Default that resulted solely because that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action. 

  
 78 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes. However, the
Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Escrow Agreement or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Subject to Section 7.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers hereunder at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless the Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it. 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Noteholder may not institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or
for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, unless: 
 (a) such Holder
shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made a written request, and such Holder or Holders shall have offered reasonable security or indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee; and 

(c) the Trustee has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding a direction inconsistent
with such request and has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after such notice. 
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders
to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes,
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder
or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided
for in this Indenture. 

  
 79 

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by
law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for such compensation as agreed upon in writing by the parties hereto, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder. 

Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6 (including pursuant to the
Escrow Agreement), it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for all amounts due under this
Indenture; 
 SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the
Issuer. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days
before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit (other than the Trustee), having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. 

Section 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist
upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the 

execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

  
 80 

 Section 6.13. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and the proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in
the proceeding, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders
will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 6.14. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or
remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every
other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other right or
remedy. 
 Section 6.15. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any
right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the
Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE

 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied duties, covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, where duties and obligations shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture; and 

(ii) in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and
the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or
not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein. 

  
 81 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it from Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (h) Every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA, and the provisions of this Article 7 shall apply to the Trustee in its
role as Registrar, Paying Agent and Notes Custodian. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or an Event of
Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof (in accordance with the notice provisions of this Indenture) from the Issuer or any Holder and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form)
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee may, however, in its discretion make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or
attorney at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 82 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it shall be entitled to receive an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and/or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be
authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this
Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by the Trustee in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The Trustee may employ or retain accountants, appraisers or other experts or advisers as it
may reasonably require for the purpose of determining and discharging its rights and duties hereunder and shall not be responsible for any misconduct on the part of any of them selected with due care. 

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

  
 83 

 (l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (m) Delivery of any
reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive or actual notice or knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee may conclusively rely on a certificate of an authorized Officer of the Issuer). 

(n) The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the Issuer’s compliance with the covenants included in Article 4 or the
transfer restrictions on the Notes. 
 The provisions of this Section 7.02 shall survive satisfaction and discharge or the termination,
for any reason, of this Indenture and the resignation and/or removal of the Trustee. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of
Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar
or co-registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity, priority or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any
other document other than the certificate of authentication executed by the Trustee. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing of which the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after written notice of it is received by a
Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders. 
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as
practicable after each December 31 beginning with December 31, 2018, and in any event prior to February 28 in each year, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of December 31 each year that complies
with TIA § 313(a), if and to the extent required by such subsection. The Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b). 

  
 84 

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and
each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for
its services as agreed upon in writing by the parties hereto. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable,
documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include
the reasonable compensation and reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.
The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, penalty, action, suit, cost and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
out-of-pocket expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance
or administration of the trust hereunder and/or the transactions contemplated under this Indenture and the Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for any action or inaction on the part of any Paying Agent, Registrar, Authentication Agent
or any successor trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that
the Issuer shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and
the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the Trustee’s defense and, in the Trustee’s reasonable judgment, there is no
actual or potential conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the
Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made by the Trustee without the Issuer’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. All indemnifications and releases from liability
granted hereunder to the Trustee shall extend to its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns. 
 To secure the
Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular
Notes. 
 The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the
discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the
Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 85 

 The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or
termination, for any reason, of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 Section 7.08. Replacement of
Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by providing 30 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee by providing 30 days’
prior written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee by providing 30 days’ prior written notice if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting; or 

(e) there is no Event of Default continuing and no event that upon notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default. 

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, at the
reasonable expense of the Issuer, or the Holders of 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding
the replacement or resignation of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee and survive the termination of this Indenture. 

  
 86 

 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges
or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements
of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have (or, in the case of a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the related bank holding company shall have) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its
(or its related bank holding company’s) most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), subject to the penultimate paragraph thereof; provided, however, that there shall be
excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(i) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set
forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee shall
comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 

Section 7.12. Escrow Authorization. Each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance of an Original Note, consents and agrees to the terms
of the Escrow Agreement, including documents related thereto, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto in accordance with this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 8 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) When (i) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all outstanding
Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for cancellation and the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or (ii) (A) all outstanding Notes mature within one year or all of the outstanding Notes are to be called
for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Issuer irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof
sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting firm, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Notes replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07), (C) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit, (D) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument
to which the Issuer is a party or by which it is bound, and (E) the Issuer pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall
acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on written demand of the Issuer accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Issuer. 

  
 87 

 (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of
its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and
Section 4.19 and the operation of Sections 6.01(e) (with respect to the covenants of Article 4 identified in the immediately preceding paragraph), 6.01(f), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(h) and 6.01(i),
with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) and the limitations contained in clause (e) of Section 5.01 (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior
exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 
 If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(e) (with respect to the covenants of
Article 4 identified in the immediately preceding paragraph), 6.01(f), 6.01(g), 6.01(h), 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries in the case of Sections 6.01(h) and 6.01(i)) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply
with the limitations contained in clause (e) of Section 5.01. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon
request of the Issuer, accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the defeasance contemplated have been complied with, the Trustee shall acknowledge
in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the
Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07 and 8.05 shall survive such satisfaction or
discharge. 
 Section 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant
defeasance option only if: 
 (a) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and interest (including premium, if any) on the Notes to maturity or a redemption date permitted under this Indenture; 

(b) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized accounting firm expressing their opinion that the payments of
principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest
(including premium, if any) when due on all the Notes to maturity or a redemption, as the case may be; 

  
 88 

 (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit and
after giving effect thereto; 
 (d) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument binding on the
Issuer; 
 (e) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

 (i) the Issuer has received from the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 

(ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had
not occurred; 
 (f) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (g) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with. 

Simultaneous with a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in
accordance with Article 3. 
 Section 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money in U.S. Dollars,
U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof through the Paying Agent and in accordance
with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 Section 8.04. Repayment to Issuer. The Trustee
and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon written request any excess money or securities held by them upon satisfaction of the conditions and occurrence of the events set forth in this Article 8. 

  
 89 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to
the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors. 

Section 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

Section 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENTS 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Escrow Agreement
without notice to or consent of any Noteholder: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture, 

(c) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the
uncertificated Notes are issued in definitive, fully registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(d) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release Guarantors from their Note Guarantees as provided by the terms of this Indenture or
the Note Guarantees; 
 (e) to secure the Notes (and, thereafter, provide releases of collateral in accordance with the security documents
entered into in connection therewith), to add to the covenants of the Issuer or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

  
 90 

 (f) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
Notes or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder; 
 (g) to comply with any requirements of
the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA (it being agreed that this Indenture need not be qualified under the TIA); 

(h) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; 

(i) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes that shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except that the
transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities; 

(j) to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to
act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 
 (k) to conform any provision of this Indenture to the “Description of Notes”
contained in the Offering Memorandum; or 
 (l) to comply with the procedures of DTC or the Trustee with respect to the provisions in this
Indenture and the Notes relating to transfers and exchanges of Notes or beneficial interests in Notes. 
 The consent of the Holders of the
Notes is not necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment becomes effective, the Issuer is required to deliver to each
registered Holder of the Notes at the Holder’s address appearing in the security register a notice briefly describing the amendment. However, the failure to give this notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or
affect the validity of the amendment. In connection with any modification, amendment or supplement, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, each
stating that such modification, amendment or supplement complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 9.02.
With Consent of Holders. The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Escrow Agreement without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder adversely affected thereby, an amendment may not: 

(a) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 

  
 91 

 (b) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(c) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(d) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. Dollars; 

(e) make any change to the contractual right of any Holder of the Notes expressly set forth in this Indenture or the Notes to receive payment
of principal of and interest on that Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to that Holder’s Notes; 

(f) expressly subordinate the Notes to any other obligation of the Issuer or any Guarantor, except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture
or the Notes; 
 (g) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed, as set
forth in Section 3.07 or as set forth in the Notes; 
 (h) reduce the premium payable upon a Change of Control or, at any time after a
Change of Control has occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer relating thereto must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant to that Change of Control Offer; 

(i) at any time after the Issuer is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer with the Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales, change the time at which
the Prepayment Offer must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant thereto; 
 (j) change the time at which a Special
Redemption must be made or reduce the price to be paid; or 
 (k) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guaranty
or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not necessary to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment becomes effective, the Issuer is required to deliver to each registered Holder of the Notes
at the Holder’s address appearing in the security register a notice briefly describing the amendment. However, the failure to give this notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the
amendment. In connection with any modification, amendment or supplement, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, each stating that such
modification, amendment or supplement complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 9.03. Compliance with
Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 

  
 92 

 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an
amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not
made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes
effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee. 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent
or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or
their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such
consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of
Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver such Note to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return such Note to
the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to
issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall
sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee
shall receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with its terms. 

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01. The Guarantees. Subject to the provisions of this Article, each Guarantor that executes a supplemental indenture in
the form of Exhibit B or Exhibit C hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an offer to purchase
required under Section 4.07 or Section 4.12 or 

  
 93 

 
acceleration, or otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable
by the Issuer under this Indenture (including the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof). Upon failure by the Issuer to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the
place and in the manner specified in this Indenture. 
 Section 10.02. Guaranty Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor
hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by: 

(a) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the Issuer under this Indenture or any
Note, by operation of law or otherwise; 
 (b) any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or any Note; 

(c) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Issuer, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar
proceeding affecting the Issuer or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Issuer contained in this Indenture or any Note; 

(d) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have at any time
against the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person, whether in connection with this Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 (e) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Issuer for any reason of this Indenture or any Note, or any provision of
applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Issuer of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; or 

(f) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever
which might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder. 

Section 10.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder will remain in full force and effect until
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any
other amount payable by the Issuer under this Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to
such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time. 

  
 94 

 Section 10.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance
hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Issuer or any other Person. 

Section 10.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any obligation of the Issuer under this
Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Issuer with respect to such obligation, provided that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive
payment in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so long as any amount payable by the Issuer hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid. 

Section 10.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Issuer under this
Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Indenture are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on
demand by the Trustee or the Holders. 
 Section 10.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable
fraudulent conveyance provisions of the Bankruptcy Law or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note
Guaranty are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the Bankruptcy Law or any comparable provision of state law. 

Section 10.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture
in the form of Exhibit B or Exhibit C) evidences the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the
Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guaranty set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 

Section 10.09. Release of Guaranty. The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate, and the Note Guaranty will be automatically
and unconditionally released and discharged, upon: 
 (a) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of
Capital Stock of the Guarantor following which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Property of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture, 

  
 95 

 (b) the release or discharge of such Guarantor’s guarantee of the obligations under the New
Credit Agreement other than a release or discharge through payment thereon, 
 (c) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the
Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, 
 (d) such Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and such Guarantor is not otherwise
required to provide a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 4.14 or 
 (e) defeasance or discharge of
the Notes, as provided in Article 8. 
 Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guaranty. 

ARTICLE 11 
 ESCROW
ARRANGEMENTS 
 Section 11.01. Escrow Account. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, on the Issue Date
simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, (i) the Issuer and the Company will enter into the Company Commitment Letter and (ii) the Issuer will, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, deposit, or cause to be deposited
$[492,477,967.50] (the “Initial Escrow Deposit”), into an account pledged to the Trustee (the “Escrow Account”) with Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, as Escrow Agent, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow
Account and the Escrow Property shall be pledged to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Escrow Issuer represents and warrants that it is duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the state of Missouri
and is not organized under the laws of any other jurisdiction, and the Escrow Issuer hereby agrees that, prior to the termination of the period from the date hereof through the first to occur of the Escrow Release Date or the Date of Determination,
it will not change its name or jurisdiction of organization without giving the Trustee, the Escrow Agent and the Representative not more than 10 or less than five days’ prior written notice thereof. 

Section 11.02. Conditions to Release. Subject to the Escrow Agreement and this Article 11, the Escrow Property will be
distributed: 
 (a) to the Escrow Issuer, upon delivery by the Escrow Issuer to the Trustee and Escrow Agent of an (i) Officers’
Certificate (the “Escrow Release Date Officers’ Certificate”), addressed to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, certifying that (x) all of Escrow Conditions have been met or will be satisfied
concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property, (y) all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture have been complied with, and (z) directing the Trustee and the Escrow Issuer to execute and deliver a Joint Payment
Instruction to the Escrow Agent to release all of the Escrow Property to the Escrow Issuer, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture have been complied with. 

  
 96 

 Upon receipt of such Escrow Release Date Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the
Trustee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent a Joint Payment Instruction instructing the Escrow Agent to release all of the Escrow Property to the Escrow Issuer. 

(b) to the Paying Agent, if the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to the Date of Determination in which case, the Escrow Issuer
will deliver to the Trustee on the next Business Day succeeding the Date of Determination (i) a Date of Determination Officer Certificate, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Indenture have been complied with. 
 Upon receipt of such Date of Determination Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the
Trustee shall promptly execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent a Single Party Payment Instruction instructing the Escrow Agent to immediately release all of the Escrow Property to the Paying Agent and the Escrow Issuer will cause a Special
Redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.08. 
 (c) to the Paying Agent, if the Escrow Release Date has not occurred and the
Trustee has not received a Date of Determination Officer Certificate or the Opinion of Counsel described in (b) above prior to 5:00 pm (New York City Time) on the Outside Date, in which case, the Trustee shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a
Single Party Payment Instruction instructing the Escrow Agent to immediately release all of the Escrow Property to the Paying Agent, and the Trustee shall issue a Notice of Special Redemption pursuant to Section 3.08. 

If the amount of the Escrow Property transferred or to be transferred by the Escrow Agent pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above to the
Paying Agent is less than the amount required to fund the Special Redemption at the Special Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date set forth in the notice of Special Redemption, the Escrow Issuer will transfer or cause to be transferred to
the Paying Agent no later than the Business Day prior to the Special Redemption Date, such shortfall amount in U.S. dollars, such that the aggregate amount delivered to the Paying Agent by the Escrow Agent and the Escrow Issuer will be sufficient,
without reinvestment, to fund the Special Redemption at the Special Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date set forth in the notice of Special Redemption. The Escrow Issuer agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce its rights
under the Company Commitment Letter to obtain such shortfall amount from the Company and cause such amount to be transferred to the Paying Agent no later than the Business Day prior to the Special Redemption Date. 

Section 11.03. Trustee Direction to Execute Escrow Agreement. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver
the Escrow Agreement. 

  
 97 

 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision that is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA (if and to the extent this Indenture will be qualified under the TIA), the required provision shall control. 

Section 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail or
sent by facsimile (with a hard copy delivered in person or by mail promptly thereafter) and addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer: 

Energizer Gamma Acquisition, Inc. 

533 Maryville University Drive 

St. Louis, Missouri 63141 

Facsimile: (314) 985-2258 

Attention: General Counsel 
 with a copy to: 

Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP 

One Metropolitan Square 
 21 North
Broadway, Suite 3600 
 St. Louis, Missouri 63102 

Facsimile: (314) 552-8149 

Attention: R. Randall Wang and Taavi Annus 

if to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 2 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1020 

Chicago, IL 60602 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration 
 Facsimile: 312-827-8543

 The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed or delivered to the Noteholder at the
Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

  
 98 

 The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture
sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing
persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.
If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the
Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such
instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the
Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

Section 12.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate
or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the
individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 99 

 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been fully complied with. 

Every such certificate or opinion provided under this Indenture shall be without personal recourse to the individual executing the same and
may include an express statement to that effect. 
 Section 12.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of
the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer
shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

Section 12.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agents and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of
Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agents or co-registrar may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

Section 12.08. Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a
Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 

Section 12.09. Governing Law/Waiver of Trial by Jury; Submission to Jurisdiction. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE
GUARANTEES AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER OF NOTES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 100 

 The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any
such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 

Section 12.10. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the
Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or any Note Guaranty or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By
accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

Section 12.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their
respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 12.12. Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Delivery of an executed
signature page by facsimile or electronic transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g.,
www.docusign.com, shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 
 Section 12.13. Table of Contents;
Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture and the Notes have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of
war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee
shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 12.15. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A.
Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal 

  
 101 

 
entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within the Issuer’s
custody or control or as the Issuer may reasonably obtain that the Trustee may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

Section 12.16. FATCA. In order to assist the Trustee with its compliance with Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal
Revenue Code and the rules and regulations thereunder (as in effect from time to time, collectively, the “Applicable Law”) the Issuer agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee reasonably available information regarding the Issuer or
the Holders of Notes (solely in their capacity as such) and which is necessary for the Trustee’s determination of whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law and (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any
withholding or deduction from payments under this Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law and shall have no liability in connection therewith other than as a result of its negligence or willful misconduct. Nothing in the
immediately preceding sentence shall be construed as obligating the Issuer to make any “gross up” payment or similar reimbursement in connection with a payment in respect of which amounts are so withheld or deducted. 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank] 

  
 102 

 In witness whereof, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

			
	 ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC.,

as Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Timothy W. Gorman

		 	Name: Timothy W. Gorman
		 	Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture] 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Karen Yu

		 	Name: Karen Yu
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture] 

 Appendix A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES 
  

	1.	Definitions. 

 1.1. Definitions. 

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend set forth in
Section 2.3(c). 
 “Depositary” means with respect to the Notes, The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their
respective successors. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period” means, with respect to any Notes, the period of 40 consecutive
days beginning on the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary) or any successor person
thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Original Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to
the Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth
in Section 2.3(c) hereto. 
 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section:	 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	2.1	(b) 
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	 	2.5	 
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	 	2.5	 
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	 	2.5	 
	 “Exchange Notice”
	  	 	2.5	 
	 “Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Regulation S”
	  	 	2.1	 
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	 	2.1	 
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 

  
 Appendix A-1 

	2.	The Notes. 

 2.1. Form and Dating. The Notes will be offered and sold by the
Issuer, from time to time. The Notes will be resold initially only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).
The Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. 

(a) Global Notes. The Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global
Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) with the restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture, and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be
issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture (the
“Regulation S Global Note”) or with such other legends as may be appropriate. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.3(b) hereof, beneficial ownership interest in a Regulation S Global Note will be
exchangeable for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note in registered certificated form only after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then only (i) upon certification that beneficial ownership interests
in such Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in
the case of an exchange for a Definitive Note, in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2.4, in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A to
this Indenture, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian, and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or a nominee of the applicable Depositary, duly executed by the
Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent as provided in this Indenture. The Rule 144A Global Note and Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” The aggregate principal
amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the applicable Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the
applicable Depositary. 
 The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b) and pursuant to an
order of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the applicable Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be
delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Notes Custodian. 

  
 Appendix A-2 

 Members of, or participants, in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Notes Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the
Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a
beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof,
owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
 2.2.
Authentication. The Trustee or Authentication Agent shall authenticate and deliver Notes in accordance with Section 2.03 of this Indenture. 

2.3. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the
Registrar or a co-registrar with a request: 
 (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes;
or 
 (y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, the
Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes
surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Definitive Notes bear a restricted securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable: 

(A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder,
without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred
to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or 

  
 Appendix A-3 

 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (i) a certification to that effect and (ii) an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee as to the compliance with the
restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the applicable
Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a written
order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance
with such instructions with a beneficial interest in the Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 

(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another
Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so
transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a
Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor
Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive
Notes pursuant to Section 2.4, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse
of the Original Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be
adopted by the Issuer. 
 (v) [reserved] 

  
 Appendix A-4 

 (vi) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Notes. 

(A) During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold,
pledged or transferred (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, (iii) to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A who take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note or (iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States; and 

(B) Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an
interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in
accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 
 (c) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes
(and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THE
SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION
FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE

  
 Appendix A-5 

 
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF
APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT(SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (b), (c) OR
(d) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER AND TRUSTEE IF THE ISSUER AND TRUSTEE SO REQUEST), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF
THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. THE HOLDER HEREOF,
BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A OR (2) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING
OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (k)(2)(i) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 Each
Definitive Note will also bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE
REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global
Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act: 
 (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive
Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if, and to the
extent, no resale restrictions under such Rule shall continue to apply; and 

  
 Appendix A-6 

 (B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Note that is represented by a Global
Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if, and to the
extent, no resale restrictions under such Rule shall continue to apply, 
 in either case, if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its
request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note). 

(d) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for
Definitive Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to its customary practice. 

At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, repurchased
or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) or the applicable Notes
Custodian with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, as applicable, to reflect such reduction. 
 (e)
Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections
3.06 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning 15 calendar days before (a) the record date for any payment of interest on the Notes, (b) any date fixed for redemption of the Notes or (c) the date
fixed for selection of the Notes to be redeemed in part. Also, the Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. In the event of the
transfer of any Note, the transfer agent may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents as described in the Indenture. Issuer may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law and
permitted by the Indenture and the Notes. 

  
 Appendix A-7 

 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment
of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

(f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the
delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of
beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the
Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation
or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among
Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms
of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 2.4.
Definitive Notes. 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian pursuant to
Section 2.1 shall be transferred (or, in the case of clause (ii) below, shall be transferrable) to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global
Note, in 

  
 Appendix A-8 

 
exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for
such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of
Default has occurred or is continuing and the beneficial owner of a Global Note deposited with the Depositary requests such exchange in writing delivered through the Depositary. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of
Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Definitive Notes issued in exchange for any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall bear the restricted securities legend set forth in
Section 2.3(c)(i). 
 (c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent
Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i) or (ii), the Issuer will promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 
 2.5. Exchange of
Global Notes Upon Assumption. Upon the consummation of the Assumption, beneficial interests in a Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a new Global Note without any action or consent required by or on behalf of Holders
(the “Automatic Exchange”). In order to effect the Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall, pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary (i) provide written notice to the Trustee at least three Business Days (or such
shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Date”), instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial
interests in the outstanding Global Notes to new Global Notes, which the Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the Depositary, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Exchange Notice”) to each
Holder of a Global Note at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders no later than the Business Day prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include
(x) the Automatic Exchange Date, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and the (z) “CUSIP” number of the Global Note into which such
Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Global Notes, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the Global Notes to be 

  
 Appendix A-9 

 
exchanged. At the Issuer’s request on no less than three Business Days’ written notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee),
the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. As a condition to the Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and
the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that the Automatic Exchange is permitted under the Indenture and that all conditions precedent, if any, have been satisfied. Upon such
exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this provision, the Trustee, upon written order of the Issuer, shall authenticate new Global Notes in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture. The Global Notes from which beneficial interests are exchanged
pursuant to the Automatic Exchange shall be canceled immediately following the Automatic Exchange. The Issuer shall, pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary, modify or cancel any notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 2.5 by delivering a supplemental notice to the Trustee no later than the Business Day prior to the Automatic Exchange Date set forth in the original notice. 

  
 Appendix A-10 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING 

  
 A-1 

 
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF
APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT(SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (b), (c) OR
(d) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE,
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY,
REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A OR (2) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (k)(2)(i) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 [Definitive Notes Legend] 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 A-2 

 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

No. [     ]
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         $ 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2026 
 CUSIP
No. [29279VAA2] [U2919LAA4] 
 ISIN No. [US29279VAA26] [USU2919LAA45] 

ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC., a Missouri corporation, promises to pay
to                , or registered assigns, the principal sum [of [ ] Dollars ($ )](1) [as set forth on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases annexed hereto](2) on
July 15, 2026. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

            Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 

 

	(1)	Insert for Definitive Securities 

	(2)	Insert for Global Securities 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-4 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

Dated: 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2026 
  

	1.	Interest 

 ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC., a Missouri corporation (such corporation,
and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 6.375% Senior Note due 2026 (this “Note” and,
together with any other 6.375% Senior Notes due 2026, the “Notes”) at the rate per annum shown above. The Issuer will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2019.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from July 6, 2018. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by
the Notes to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.
Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in
respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Issuer will make all payments
in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder
of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or
the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
(the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Issuer (as defined in the Indenture)
or any of its domestically incorporated Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 

  
 A-6 

	4.	Indenture; Note Guaranty 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of
July 6, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”); provided, however, that, in the event the TIA is amended after such date, “TIA”
means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms. This Note is guaranteed, as set forth in the Indenture. 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain
Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Debt, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital
stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to consolidate or
merge with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Property of the Issuer or the Guarantors. 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Note and the terms of the Indenture, the
terms of the Indenture shall control. 
 From and after the Escrow Release Date, the Guarantors shall jointly and severally guarantee the
Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 (a) Except as set forth below, the Notes may not be redeemed at the
option of the Issuer prior to July 15, 2021. On and after July 15, 2021, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice. The Notes
may be redeemed at the redemption prices as set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), calculated by the Issuer. The following prices are for Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as
percentages of principal amount: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2021
	  	 	103.188	% 
	 2022
	  	 	102.125	% 
	 2023
	  	 	101.063	% 
	 2024 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-7 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to July 15, 2021
the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to a maximum of 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued (including Additional Notes, if any) with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer, at a
redemption price equal to 106.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 60% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) remains
outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Equity Offering upon not less than 30 and no more than 60 days’ prior notice. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, prior to
July 15, 2021. If it does so, it may redeem the Notes upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice. To redeem the Notes, the Issuer must pay a redemption price equal to the sum of: 

(i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus 

(ii) the Applicable Premium, 

plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 The Issuer shall have the right to redeem the Notes at 101% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, following the consummation of a Change of Control if at least 90% of the Notes outstanding prior to such consummation are purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer with respect to such
Change of Control. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value on such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Notes on July 15,
2021 (such redemption price being that described in clause (a) of this paragraph 5), plus (B) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2021 computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (ii) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as obtained
by the Issuer, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519)
that has become publicly available at least two Business 

  
 A-8 

 
Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such
Redemption Date to July 15, 2021; provided, however, that if the period from such Redemption Date to July 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted
to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
  

	6.	Notice of Optional Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail
and in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Any notice to Holders of
Notes of such a redemption pursuant to clause (c) in paragraph 5 needs to include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but does not need to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as
described in such clause (c), must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the Redemption Date, on and
after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
 Any redemption or notice of
redemption issued pursuant to paragraph 5 may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. 
  

	7.	Sinking Fund 

 Except as set forth in Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Notes are
not subject to any sinking fund. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control 

 Upon a Change of
Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as
provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 Any notice to Holders of Notes of such a redemption needs to include the
appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but does not need to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no
later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date. 

  
 A-9 

 If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the
related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date. In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select
Notes for redemption by lot; provided that if the Notes are in global form, interests in such global notes will be selected for redemption by DTC in accordance with its standard procedures therefor, although no Note of $2,000 in original
principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal
to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 
  

	9.	Special Redemption 

 In the event that the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or
prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the determination by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, that the Escrow Release Date will not occur on or prior to the Outside Date, (ii) the Acquisition Agreement having
been terminated in accordance with its terms, or (iii) July 15, 2019 (the “Outside Date”), the Issuer shall redeem each Note (the “Special Redemption”), on the date that is five Business Days after the
Date of Determination (the “Special Redemption Date”), at the Special Redemption Price. If the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to the Date of Determination, upon the receipt of written instruction from the Escrow
Issuer, which instruction shall include a statement that the Date of Determination has occurred and a notice as to the amount of the Special Redemption Price, and an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all
conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture to the Special Redemption have been complied with, which the Issuer is required to provide by the close of business on the next Business Day following the Date of Determination, the Trustee will
send a notice of such Special Redemption on behalf of the Escrow Issuer to the Holders of the Notes (in the form provided to it by the Escrow Issuer) on the second Business Day after the Date of Determination. The Escrow Issuer will not be required
to make a Special Redemption following the Release. Any excess Escrow Property will be returned to the Issuer. 
  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form
without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning 15 calendar days before (a) the record date for any payment of interest on the Notes, (b) any date fixed for redemption of the Notes or (c) the date fixed for
selection of the Notes to be redeemed in part. Also, the Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. 

  
 A-10 

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, if money for the
payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders
entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money in U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest (including premium, if any) on the
Notes, in each case to redemption or maturity. 
  

	14.	Amendment, Waiver 

 The Indenture and the Notes may be amended and supplemented as
provided in the Indenture. 
  

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, subject to certain limitations, may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default and
shall result in the Notes being immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or any Holder. 

Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the
Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power under the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul any declaration of acceleration and its consequences
except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or a Default in respect of a provision that under the Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder adversely affected. 

  
 A-11 

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the
Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or
its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No past, present or future director, officer, employee or
shareholder, as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or any Note Guaranty or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

 

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	20.	Governing Law/Waiver of Trial by Jury; Submission to Jurisdiction 

 THIS NOTE AND
ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER OF NOTES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 The parties
irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating
to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any
objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. 

  
 A-12 

	21.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. To the extent such numbers have been
issued, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be similarly printed on the Notes and has similarly instructed the Trustee. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in
any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish
to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

  
 A-13 

 ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC. 6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026 

ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the
form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	 Date:
                                        

	  	 Your Signature:
	  	  

		  		  	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this note

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is a Transfer
Restricted Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	(1)	  	☐	  	To the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	☐	  	Inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	☐	  	Outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
			
	(6)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to another available exemption from registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 A-14 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee or the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933. 

  
 A-15 

 
	
	  
 Your Signature

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	  

		  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  
  

							
	Date:	  	  
	  		  	  

		  		  		  	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

  
 A-16 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Date:	  	  
	  		  	  

		  		  		  	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-17 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[             ]. The
following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such
decrease or increase
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes
Custodian

  
 A-18 

 ENERGIZER GAMMA ACQUISITION, INC. 6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.12 (Change of
Control) of the Indenture, check the box:  ☐ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer
pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount: 
 $ 

 

							
	Date:	  	  
	  	                                      
      	  	  

		  		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note) Signature Guarantee:

  

			
		  	  

	Signature Guarantee: 	  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  

							
	Date:	  	  
	  	
                          
                  
	  	  

		  		  		  	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  
 A-19 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

RELATED TO THE ASSUMPTION AND ESCROW RELEASE DATE GUARANTEES] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 RELATED TO
THE ASSUMPTION AND GUARANTEES 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [•], 201[•],
among ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors party hereto (the “New Guarantors”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as
trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as
defined in the indenture entered into by and between Energizer Gamma Acquisition, Inc. (the “Escrow Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee, dated as of July 6, 2018 (the
“Indenture”). 
 Section 2. The Company, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to (i) become a
party to the Indenture as the “Issuer” and (ii) unconditionally assume all of the obligations of the Escrow Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and to be bound
by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes as the Issuer and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of the Issuer under the Indenture. 

Section 3. Each New Guarantor, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be
bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof. 
 Section 4. This
Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
 Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together
will constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page by facsimile or electronic transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000,
Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com, shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 

Section 6 This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture
will henceforth be read together. 

  
 B-1 

 Section 7. The Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and this Supplemental
Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

Section 8. The recitals and statements herein are deemed to be those of the Company and the New Guarantors and not the Trustee. The
Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Guarantees provided by the Guarantors party to this Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 9. All notices or other communications to the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 12.02 of the
Indenture. 
 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.] 

  
 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first
written above. 
  

			
	ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., as Company

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

 
			
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 Energizer, LLC
 Energizer
Manufacturing, Inc.
 Energizer Brands, LLC
 Energizer
International, Inc.
 Energizer Investment Company
 Energizer
Brands II Holding, LLC
 Associated Products, LLC
 American
Covers, LLC
 California Scents, LLC
 each as a New
Guarantor

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

 
			
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

 
			
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-3 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR FUTURE GUARANTORS] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 dated as
of             , 
 among 

ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC. 
 The
Guarantors Party Hereto 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 

as Trustee 
 6.375% Senior Notes
due 2026 

  
 C-1 

 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as
of             ,among ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., a Missouri corporation (the “Issuer”), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of
incorporation] (each an “Undersigned”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

RECITALS 
 WHEREAS,
Energizer Gamma Acquisition, Inc. (the “Escrow Issuer”) and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2018 (the “Original Indenture”), relating to the Escrow Issuer’s 6.375% Senior Notes
due 2026 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors party thereto have heretofore executed and delivered to
the Trustee the Supplemental Indenture to the Original Indenture dated as of [•], 201[•] (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by such Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), whereby the Issuer agreed to assume all of
the obligations of the Escrow Issuer under the Notes and the Original Indenture and the Guarantors agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Guarantors; 

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders, the Issuer agreed pursuant to
the Indenture to cause any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is required to provide a guarantee or is a borrower under the New Credit Agreement to provide a Note Guaranty. 

AGREEMENT 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows: 

Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture. 

Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be
bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof. 
 Section 3. This
Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
 Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together
will constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page by facsimile or electronic transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”), or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000,
Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com, shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. 

  
 C-2 

 Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and
the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together. 
 Section 6. The recitals and statements herein are
deemed to be those of the Issuer and the Undersigned and not the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Guarantees provided by the
Guarantors party to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 7. All notices or other communications to the Issuer and the Guarantors
shall be given as provided in Section 12.02 of the Indenture. 

  
 C-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., as Issuer
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-4 

 EXHIBIT D 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE FOLLOWING THE ASSUMPTION] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING 

  
 D-1 

 
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF
APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT(SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (b), (c) OR
(d) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE,
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY,
REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A OR (2) NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (k)(2)(i) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 [Definitive Notes Legend] 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 D-2 

 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE FOLLOWING THE ASSUMPTION] 

No. [     ]
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     $ 
 6.375%
Senior Notes due 2026 
 CUSIP No. [29272WAA7] [U29195AA9] 

ISIN No. [US29272WAA71] [USU29195AA96] 

ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., a Missouri corporation, promises to pay to             ,
or registered assigns, the principal sum [of [ ] Dollars ($ )](1) [as set forth on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases annexed hereto](2) on July 15, 2026. 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15. 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1. 

 

	(1)	Insert for Definitive Securities 

	(2)	Insert for Global Securities 

  
 D-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 D-4 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

Dated: 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 D-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

6.375% Senior Notes due 2026 
  

	1.	Interest 

 ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC., a Missouri corporation (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 6.375% Senior Note due 2026 (this “Note” and, together
with any other 6.375% Senior Notes due 2026, the “Notes”) at the rate per annum shown above. The Issuer will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2019. Interest on
the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from July 6, 2018. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes to the
extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.
Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in
respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Issuer will make all payments
in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder
of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or
the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
(the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Issuer (as defined in the Indenture)
or any of its domestically incorporated Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 

  
 D-6 

	4.	Indenture; Note Guaranty 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of
July 6, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”); provided, however, that, in the event the TIA is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the
extent required by any such amendments, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms. This Note is guaranteed, as set forth in the Indenture. 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain
Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Debt, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital
stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to consolidate or
merge with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Property of the Issuer or the Guarantors. 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Note and the terms of the Indenture, the
terms of the Indenture shall control. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 (a) Except as set forth below, the Notes may not be redeemed at the
option of the Issuer prior to July 15, 2021. On and after July 15, 2021, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice. The Notes
may be redeemed at the redemption prices as set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), calculated by the Issuer. The following prices are for Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as
percentages of principal amount: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2021
	  	 	103.188	% 
	 2022
	  	 	102.125	% 
	 2023
	  	 	101.063	% 
	 2024 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  

  
 D-7 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to July 15, 2021
the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to a maximum of 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued (including Additional Notes, if any) with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings by the Issuer, at a
redemption price equal to 106.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 60% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)
remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Equity Offering upon not less than 30 and no more than 60 days’ prior notice. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may choose to redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, prior to
July 15, 2021. If it does so, it may redeem the Notes upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice. To redeem the Notes, the Issuer must pay a redemption price equal to the sum of: 

(i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus 

(ii) the Applicable Premium, 
 plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

The Issuer shall have the right to redeem the Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
following the consummation of a Change of Control if at least 90% of the Notes outstanding prior to such consummation are purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer with respect to such Change of Control. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value on such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Notes on July 15,
2021 (such redemption price being that described in clause (a) of this paragraph 5), plus (B) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2021 computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (ii) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as obtained
by the Issuer, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519)
that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period

  
 D-8 

 
from such Redemption Date to July 15, 2021; provided, however, that if the period from such Redemption Date to July 15, 2021 is less than one year, the weekly average
yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
  

	6.	Notice of Optional Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail
and in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Any notice to Holders of
Notes of such a redemption pursuant to clause (c) in paragraph 5 needs to include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but does not need to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as
described in such clause (c), must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the Redemption Date, on and
after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
 Any such redemption or notice
of redemption issued pursuant to paragraph 5 may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. 
  

	7.	Sinking Fund 

 Except as set forth in Section 3.08 of the Indenture, the Notes are
not subject to any sinking fund. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control 

 Upon a Change of
Control, any Holder of Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as
provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 Any notice to Holders of Notes of such a redemption needs to include the
appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but does not need to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no
later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date. 

  
 D-9 

 If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the
related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business, on such record date. In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select
Notes for redemption by lot; provided that if the Notes are in global form, interests in such global notes will be selected for redemption by DTC in accordance with its standard procedures therefor, although no Note of $2,000 in original
principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal
to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 
  

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in definitive, fully registered form
without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning 15 calendar days before (a) the record date for any payment of interest on the Notes, (b) any date fixed for redemption of the Notes or (c) the date fixed for
selection of the Notes to be redeemed in part. Also, the Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. 

 

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, if money for the
payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders
entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	12.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money in U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and interest (including
premium, if any) on the Notes, in each case to redemption or maturity. 

  
 D-10 

	13.	Amendment, Waiver 

 The Indenture and the Notes may be amended and supplemented as
provided in the Indenture. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, subject to certain limitations, may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default and
shall result in the Notes being immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or any Holder. 

Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the
Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power under the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul any declaration of acceleration and its consequences
except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or a Default in respect of a provision that under the Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder adversely affected. 

 

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the
Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or
its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No past, present or future director, officer, employee or
shareholder, as such, of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or any Note Guaranty or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

 

	17.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

  
 D-11 

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	Governing Law/Waiver of Trial by Jury; Submission to Jurisdiction 

 THIS NOTE AND ANY
CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND EACH HOLDER OF NOTES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 The parties
irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating
to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any
objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. 
  

	20.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. To the extent such numbers have been
issued, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be similarly printed on the Notes and has similarly instructed the Trustee. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in
any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish
to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

  
 D-12 

 ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC. 6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026 

ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the
form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	Date:                                     
	  	                                    Your 
Signature: 	  	 
		  		  	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this note

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is a Transfer
Restricted Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	(1)	  	☐	  	To the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	☐	  	Inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	☐	  	Outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
			
	(6)	  	☐	  	Pursuant to another available exemption from registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 D-13 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee or the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933. 

  
 D-14 

 
	
	  
 Your Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:    	  	  
 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  

					
	Date:
                                    	 		 	  

		 		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  
 D-15 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	
Date:                  
               
	 		 	 
		 		 	 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 D-16 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[            ]. The following
increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  
 D-17 

 ENERGIZER HOLDINGS, INC. 6.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.12 (Change of
Control) of the Indenture, check the box:  ☐ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer
pursuant to Section 4.07 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount: 
 $ 

 

					
	Date:                            	 		 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note) Signature Guarantee:

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  

					
	
Date:                  
           
	 		 	  

		 		 	 Signature of Signature Guarantee

  
 D-18

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00285-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00285-of-00352.parquet"}]]